Sie sind auf Seite 1von 448

Introduction

Existing Customer Register

Search

Introduction
See Also
Table of Contents
3 3
Prism (pronounced Prism Cubed) is a product suite for building business intellgence solutions. Prism is a single
Introduction
integrated environment providing an extensive toolset to accomplish the following:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start 1. Analyzing data: Formulate complex business queries using an intuitive visual interface, add custom
Managing Data Sources calculations
Browsing Data 2. Visualizing data: Use a wide range of data visualization widgets to visualize data

Creating PrismCubed Applications 3. Preparing the data for analysis: Merge data from disparate sources, manipulate and cleanse data, full
ETL capabilities.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
4. Support for large data volumes: Powered by ElastiCube technology, queries millions of rows of data in
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
seconds
Sharing, Distribution and Security
5. Data Exploration and Ad Hoc Analysis: Get insight into your data using a wide range of data
Exporting
exploration features
Widgets
PrismFAQ For first time users, it is recommended to go over this documentation in the order it is presented. Later you can come
back to specific sections as you require.

User Guide for Previous Versions


A user manual for the previous version of Prism is available in PDF format and can be download here. A PDF
3
version of the Prism product will become available soon.

See Also
Before You Start - Products, architecture and general information
Managing Data Sources - Learn how to connect to your data
Browsing Data - Learn how to browse your data and use it in development
Create Prism Documents - Learn how to create a Prism Document (application)
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters - Learn how to create filters you can use in multiple documents
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and KPIs - Learn how to create custom measures and KPIs you can use in
multiple documents
Sharing, Distribution and Security - Learn how to distribute and secure your documents
Exporting - Learn how to export dashboards and widgets to other formats
Widgets - A detailed widget reference

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/[12/21/2009 7:48:10 PM]


Introduction

Existing Customer Register

Search

Introduction
See Also
Table of Contents
3 3
Prism (pronounced Prism Cubed) is a product suite for building business intellgence solutions. Prism is a single
Introduction
integrated environment providing an extensive toolset to accomplish the following:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start 1. Analyzing data: Formulate complex business queries using an intuitive visual interface, add custom
Managing Data Sources calculations
Browsing Data 2. Visualizing data: Use a wide range of data visualization widgets to visualize data

Creating PrismCubed Applications 3. Preparing the data for analysis: Merge data from disparate sources, manipulate and cleanse data, full
ETL capabilities.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
4. Support for large data volumes: Powered by ElastiCube technology, queries millions of rows of data in
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
seconds
Sharing, Distribution and Security
5. Data Exploration and Ad Hoc Analysis: Get insight into your data using a wide range of data
Exporting
exploration features
Widgets
PrismFAQ For first time users, it is recommended to go over this documentation in the order it is presented. Later you can come
back to specific sections as you require.

User Guide for Previous Versions


A user manual for the previous version of Prism is available in PDF format and can be download here. A PDF
3
version of the Prism product will become available soon.

See Also
Before You Start - Products, architecture and general information
Managing Data Sources - Learn how to connect to your data
Browsing Data - Learn how to browse your data and use it in development
Create Prism Documents - Learn how to create a Prism Document (application)
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters - Learn how to create filters you can use in multiple documents
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and KPIs - Learn how to create custom measures and KPIs you can use in
multiple documents
Sharing, Distribution and Security - Learn how to distribute and secure your documents
Exporting - Learn how to export dashboards and widgets to other formats
Widgets - A detailed widget reference

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/default.aspx[12/21/2009 7:48:32 PM]


What's New In PrismCubed

Existing Customer Register

Search

What's New In PrismCubed


3
Table of Contents Prism adds entirely new features as well as improve existing ones in the Prism product:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed? ElastiCubes
Before You Start ElastiCubes are a super-fast data sources that allows you to merge data from disparate sources, manipulate it and then
Managing Data Sources query it. ElastiCubes can handle very large amounts of data and can be created visually via the ElastiCube Project
Browsing Data Manager. Details.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Global Scope
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
This feature is a significant enhancement to the existing 'Background' feature allowing the selection of one widget to filter
results in another widget. Global scope allows a widget to filter all other widgets on the sheet by default. All widgets can be
Widgets
configured to affect all other widgets, specific widgets or no widgets on the sheet. Details.
PrismFAQ

The Global Scope indicator


An important addition to the Prism environment, showing the data context that is currently applied to the sheet. Gives
immediate understanding of the data currently shown on the active sheet. Details.

Change Sheets While Keeping Selections


Powerful new functionality allowing you to change between sheets while keeping the current selections. This is very useful
when you wish to see different analyses, while still focusing on what you are analyzing at that very moment. Details.

Data Browser Search


A search was added to the top of the Data Browser allowing you to easily find dimensions, measures, members, groups
and filters.

Scheduled Dashboard Refresh


Dashboards can be set to automatically refresh at pre-defined intervals. Details.

Export Widget Data


Copy the data behind a widget to the clipboard, allowing use in other applications. Details.

Export Widget as Image


Copy the widget to the clipboard, as an image, allowing use in other applications. Details.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/whatsnew.aspx[12/21/2009 7:48:47 PM]


What's New In PrismCubed

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/whatsnew.aspx[12/21/2009 7:48:47 PM]


PrismCubed

Existing Customer Register

Search
3
What is Prism (PrismCubed)
See Also
Table of Contents
3
Introduction Prism (pronounced PrismCubed) is an integrated environment for building and deploying business intelligence
solutions. PrismCubed provides a complete toolset for accomplishing all business intelligence related tasks:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start 1. Data preparation, consolidation and cleansing (ETL)
What is PrismCubed? 2. Reporting and Dashboarding
ElastiCube Server-based Architecture 3. Data exploration, visualization and analysis
ElastiCube Desktop-based Architecture
3
Prism relies on ElastiCube technology, which are super fast data stores than can process queries over millions of
OLAP-based Architecture
rows of raw data in seconds. When optimized data marts or OLAP cubes already exist, Prism3 can be used to
For Users With a 64-bit Version Of Win
connect to them directly.
Prism Desktop
Prism Viewer
3
Prism automatically models data under a dimensional model that describes flat data in terms of dimensions and
Prism Documents (PSM)
measures. This model makes it easier to explore and isolate data, as well as formulate complex business queries.
Installation Packages
This data is then bound to widgets, which are visual components used to visualize data and react to user input.
Does Prism Require an Internet Connec
A Note on Privacy and Security
Managing Data Sources See Also
Browsing Data ElastiCube Server-based Architecture
Creating PrismCubed Applications ElastiCube Desktop-based Architecture
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters OLAP-based Architecture
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and For Users With a 64-bit Version Of Windows
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBeforeYouStart/ctprism.aspx[12/21/2009 7:49:09 PM]


What are Data Sources?

Existing Customer Register

Search

What are Data Sources?


See Also
Table of Contents
Data Sources are containers of connectivity and metadata information that is used to facilitate the
Introduction application/dashboard development process. A Data Source contains the following:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
1. Connectivity information such as the server address, table name, login credentials, etc. A Data Source
maintains a connection for a single table, view, OLAP cube or an ElastiCube.
Managing Data Sources
2. A dimensional representation of the data, in terms of Dimensions and Measures
What are Data Sources?
3. User-created resources such as custom filters or easures, Widgets or Questions
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Live Data Sources and Imported Data Sources
Creating Live Data Sources
There are two types of Data Sources:
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained 1. Live Data Sources: SQL or MDX queries are executed directly over the database table or OLAP cube.
Changing Connection Properties When an application/dashboard is refreshed, queries will be sent to the server again.
Adding\Removing a Data Source 2. Imported Data Sources: Data is imported into the dashboard and calculated internally. To refresh an
Browsing Data application/dashboard the data must be imported again.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Documents built using Live Data Sources are usually smaller because the document relies on the database server or
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters OLAP cube to perform calculations. Documents built using Imported Data Sources must contain the raw data inside
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and therefore they tend to be larger in size.
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets Supported Connections
PrismFAQ Live Data Sources are supported for: ElastiCubes, SQL Server 2000-2008, Oracle 9i+, MySQL 5.0+ and
Analysis Services 2000-2008.

Imported Data Sources are supported for: Microsoft Excel 2003-2007, Microsoft Access 2003-2007,
CSV/Text files, Google spreadsheets and Amazon S3 logs.

See Also
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List

ElastiCubes
SQL Server
Oracle
MySQL
Microsoft Analysis Services (OLAP)

Microsoft Excel
Microsoft Access
Text/CSV Files
Google Spreadsheets
Amazon S3 Logs

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/ctwhataredatasources.aspx[12/21/2009 7:49:30 PM]


What are Data Sources?

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/ctwhataredatasources.aspx[12/21/2009 7:49:30 PM]


Overview

Existing Customer Register

Search

Overview
See Also
Table of Contents
Once you connect to or import your raw data, a Data Source is created. This Data Source is the
Introduction
logical presentation of the data you connected to. Data Sources that are created off the same
What's New In PrismCubed?
database or file are packaged together in a single connection. A connection allows you to set
Before You Start
and change connectivity/login credentials for all its bound Data Sources at once.
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Overview
Dimensions, Members and Measures
The Data Browser Unlike tables, Data Sources are not made of fields and rows. While fields and rows are a very good
Browsing the Members of a Dimension structure for storing and quickly scanning through rows of raw data on a hard-drive, it is very hard to
Browsing the Measures manipulate and extract business information from data structured in such a way.
The Calendar, Month, Days of Week an
Creating Measures from a Dimension
Changing the Caption of a Dimension o
Hiding a Dimension or Measure
Instead of fields and rows, Data Sources are made up of Dimensions and Measures that model
Refreshing a Dimension
tabular data in terms of business entities and value measurements. This allows for a more intuitive,
Setting the Default Measure and Defau business-oriented, way of accessing and extracting data from a tabular source and performing
Getting Member Captions from anothe business queries on it.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security See Also
Exporting Dimensions, Members and Measures
Widgets
PrismFAQ The Data Browser

Browsing the Members of a Dimension

Browsing the Measures

The Calendar, Month, Days of Week and Fiscal Weeks Dimensions

Creating Measures from a Dimension

Changing the Caption of a Dimension or Measure

Hiding a Dimension or Measure

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 7:49:58 PM]


Overview

Refreshing a Dimension

Setting the Default Measure and Default Member of Dimensions

Getting Member Captions from another Table (Descriptive Join)

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 7:49:58 PM]


The Environment Window

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Environment Window


See Also
Table of Contents
Following is an illustration of the main application window components:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

The Main Menu

Menu Description

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctprismenv.aspx[12/21/2009 7:50:24 PM]


The Environment Window

File File related functionality


Edit Editing functionality
View Functionality related to what is viewed on the screen
Insert Inserting new elements into a sheet
Format Formatting functionality
Data Data related functionality
Help Help, documentation and support

The Main Toolbar

Item Description
A1 Create a new document
A2 Open existing document
A3 Save active document
A4 Print document
A5 Print preview

Item Description
B1 Add widget to active sheet
B2 Delete selected widget
B3 Copy selected widget to clipboard
B4 Copy selected widget to clipoard as image
B5 Copy data behind widget to clipboard

Item Description
C1 Cut selected widget
C2 Paste selected widget
C3 Undo
C4 Redo
C5 Zoom in

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctprismenv.aspx[12/21/2009 7:50:24 PM]


The Environment Window

C6 Zoom out
C7 Zoom factor

Item Description
D1 Font type
D2 Font size
D3 Font bold style toggle
D4 Font italic style toggle
D5 Font underline style toggle
D6 Align text to the left
D7 Centered text
D8 Align text to the right

Item Description
E1 Set theme color
E2 Set text color
E3 Set fill color
E4 Set border color

Item Description
F1 Numeric formatting
F2 Currency formatting
F3 Percent formatting
F4 Toogle data bars (pivot only)
F5 Increase decimal precision
F6 Decrease decimal precision
F7 Refresh widget/sheet/documenht

See Also
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Scope
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Application With Pre-Defined Functionality
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Widgets
Allowing Users to Synchronize With Source Data
Recovering Documents From Backup

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctprismenv.aspx[12/21/2009 7:50:24 PM]


The Environment Window

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctprismenv.aspx[12/21/2009 7:50:24 PM]


What are Groups and Filters?

Existing Customer Register

Search

What are Groups and Filters?


See Also
Table of Contents
Groups and Filters are both tools for isolating and extracting interesting data and reusing it in
Introduction
dashboards and analytics.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Groups
Browsing Data
Groups are a list of explicitly selected Members from a single Dimension. For example, the months
Creating PrismCubed Applications
January, February and March can be collected into a Group called ‘First Quarter’. The
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters products Cheese, Milk, and Ice Cream can be collected into a Group called ‘Dairy Products’,
What are Groups and Filters? and so on.
Creating\Modifying a Group of Membe
Creating a Filter
Filters
Creating Filters Using Question Compo
Creating DateTime Expressions Filters are a dynamic list of Members that meet specified criteria. Unlike Groups that always hold
Editing a Filter the same explicit Members, Filters determine the list of Members that meet their specified criteria at
Deleting a Group or Filter the moment the request was made. Examples of Filters are ‘Products bought by more than
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and 3 customers’ and ‘Customers who visited Store A but not Store B’.
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ
Both Groups and Filters let you easily access Members in a Dimension that have something in
common and use them in a dashboards or analytics. Once you define the Members you want to
collect, you can give the collection a descriptive name and reuse it in future documents.
Moreover, Filters are a powerful tool in their own right because they provide a straightforward yet
powerful way of extracting information that would otherwise be very difficult to access.

See Also
Creating/Modifying a Group of Members

Creating a Filter

Creating Filters Using Question Composition

Creating DateTime Expressions

Editing a Filter

Deleting a Group or Filter

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/ctGroupsAndFilters.aspx[12/21/2009 7:50:42 PM]


What are Groups and Filters?

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/ctGroupsAndFilters.aspx[12/21/2009 7:50:42 PM]


What are Custom Measures?

Existing Customer Register

Search

What are Custom Measures?


See Also
Table of Contents
In simple terms, Custom Measures are calculated fields whose values are evaluated over a given
Introduction
formula.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications Examples:
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
What are Custom Measures?
Custom Measure Formula
The Formula Editor
Creating a New Custom Measure
Profit [Sales] - [Cost]
Renaming a Custom Measure Sales in USA ( [Sales], [USA] )
Editing a Custom Measure's Formula Total Sales for Most Profitable Products Sum( [Most Profitable Products], [Sales] )
Deleting a Custom Measure
Formulas
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting Custom Measures can be used anywhere a regular Measure can be used.
Widgets
PrismFAQ

See Also
The Formula Editor

Creating a New Custom Measure

Editing a Custom Measure

Removing a Custom Measure

Formulas

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/ctCustomMeasures.aspx[12/21/2009 7:50:54 PM]


Sharing, Distribution and Security

Existing Customer Register

Search

Sharing, Distribution and Security


See Also
Table of Contents
When distributing dashboards, it is sometimes necessary to restrict access to them.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data SiSense Prism allows you to define which users can access a dashboard, as well as whether they
Creating PrismCubed Applications can modify it or not. These configuration settings are stored inside the encrypted PSM file and
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters authentication is taken care of by sisense.com, allowing you to enjoy full security capabilities without
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and maintaining a centralized server.
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Managing Contacts (Users)
See Also
Distributing Read-Only Dashboards
Applying User Permissions to a Dashbo
Managing Contacts (Users)
Including Database Login Credentials w
Including Custom Filters and Measures Distributing Read-Only Dashboards
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize with S
ctManage_package_users Applying User Restrictions
Exporting
Widgets
Including Database Login Credentials With a Dashboard
PrismFAQ

Including Custom Filters and Measures Repository With a Dashboard

Allowing Viewers to Synchronize with Source Data

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/ctDistribution.aspx[12/21/2009 7:51:05 PM]


Exporting Dashboards to PDF

Existing Customer Register

Search

Exporting to PDF
See Also
Table of Contents
To export a dashboard to PDF, navigate to File->Export to PDF
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Exporting Dashboards to PDF
Exporting Widgets to Excel
Exporting Widgets as Image
Exporting the Data Behind a Widget
Widgets
PrismFAQ

This will bring up the Export to PDF window:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldExporting/ctPdf.aspx[12/21/2009 7:51:17 PM]


Exporting Dashboards to PDF

Component Description
1 The name of the PDF file
2 The sheets to export
3 The resolution to use (in dots per inch) when exporting

Click OK to begin the export process.

Some PDF readers like Adobe Acrobat Reader use 110 DPI by default while others use
96 DPI or another custom resolution. In most readers this can be changed via
configuration settings. Viewing PDF exports with incompatible DPI specifications may
cause images and text to appear blurry in certain zoom factors.

See Also
Exporting to Excel

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldExporting/ctPdf.aspx[12/21/2009 7:51:17 PM]


Overview

Existing Customer Register

Search

Overview
See Also
Table of Contents
Widgets are used to visualize data, perform actions and accept input from users. When you hover
Introduction
over a Widget with the mouse, the Widget Toolbar will appear.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Button Description
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator Widget properties menu
Rich Text Box Get background (scope) from other Widgets menu
Images Turn on/off Selector mode.
Panels
Refresh Widget data
PrismFAQ
Information about the data bound to the Widget.

Move Widget

** Some buttons may not be available for certain Widgets

See Also
The Pivot Table

Single Value Indicators (KPIs)

Selectors

Calendar Daily Indicators

Rich Text Box

Images

Panels

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 7:51:33 PM]


Overview

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 7:51:33 PM]


Prism FAQ

Existing Customer Register

Search

Table of Contents
Prism FAQ
See Also
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
What is Prism?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Prism is a software toolset that allows end users, power users, DBAs and IT personnel to build,
Browsing Data manage and share business intelligence applications without the need to learn how to program,
Creating PrismCubed Applications
how to query, and how to perform database optimizations that support query intensive operations.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and What can I do with Prism?
Sharing, Distribution and Security
With Prism, users create dashboards, reports and guided analytics applications for business
Exporting
functions such as IT, sales, operations, marketing, finance, human resources or any other database
Widgets
backed system. Prism business intelligence applications are simple, xml compressed documents,
PrismFAQ
and thus are easy to maintain and distribute.

What is required to deploy Prism?

Prism is downloads onto your desktop and is self deployable. It doesn’t require any specific
infrastructure. Once installed it can connect to the available data sources and deliver BI applications
within minutes after connecting to the data source. It self-discovers dimensions and measures and
brings the data in-memory.

What is a Prism Business Intelligence Application?

Every Prism business intelligence application is stored in a Prism document, which is a container
of data sources and widgets. Users can use business intelligence applications by opening
Prism documents, which can be generated from a gallery, received from other users or just built from
scratch for personal/team use. The goal of a Business Intelligence application is to display data in
an orderly way that is self-explanatory. Data should be easy to understand and easy to personalize
for the specific needs of end users. Prism business intelligence applications can
present dashboards, reports, business presentations, ad-hoc tanalysis and anything
else that involves information presentation and analytics.

What is the Prism Business Intelligence application structure?

Every Prism Business Intelligence Application is made up of:

Data Sources

InPrism, a Data Source represents a link that holds connectivity attributes to a physical data store
such as an Excel spreadsheet, an OLAP cube or a database table/view.

Sheets

Sheets are visual containers of Widgets. They are the main area in which you create your
business intelligence application visually with drag & drop operations.

Widgets

Widgets visualize and allow users to interact with information. Examples of widgets include

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/PrismFAQ.aspx[12/21/2009 7:51:48 PM]


Prism FAQ

pivots,charts, indicators, selectors, images, rich text boxes and hyper links.

Questions

Questions represent visual queries that represent more complex information flows
(segmentations,intersections, unions and more).

See Also

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/PrismFAQ.aspx[12/21/2009 7:51:48 PM]


ElastiCubes Overview

Existing Customer Register

Search

ElastiCubes Overview
See Also
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed? ElastiCubes
Before You Start ElastiCubes are high performance data stores optimized for fast query response. ElastiCubes allow you to bring in

Managing Data Sources data from multiple sources, merge, manipulate and then query it as if it was one consolidated data set. ElastiCubes
perform so well that in most cases creation of dedicated OLAP cubes and/or optimized data marts are completely
What are Data Sources?
unnecessary - even when dealing with millions of rows of raw data.
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Conceptually, an ElastiCube is just like a big table. It is made up of fields where each value in one field has a
Creating Live Data Sources
corresponding value in another field. The data for an ElastiCube can come from one source, multiple sources or
Creating Imported Data Sources
even from multiple phyiscal locations. Once the data is inside the ElastiCube, it is all the same and every field coming
ElastiCubes Explained
from every table can be analyzed in the context of any other - quickly.
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
For example, the image below defines an ElastiCube with 24 fields. The data for the ElastiCube originates from three
The ElastiCube Project Manager tables: PurchaseOrderHeader (11 fields), Employee (11 fields) and EmployeeAddress (4 fields).
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Project
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

You may have noticed that the total number of fields at the source is 26 yet the number of fields in the ElastiCube
was said to be 24. This is because the three tables have a shared field. The three connected lines, called
relationships, indicate that EmployeeID field - which exists in all three tables - is in fact the same field. Relationships
allow ElastiCubes to correlate between data that originated from different sources.

ElastiCube Advantages
ElastiCube technology make queries over millions of rows of raw data return in seconds, with moderate hardware

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctElastiCubes.aspx[12/21/2009 7:52:05 PM]


ElastiCubes Overview

requirements including standard desktop-class computers with a reasonable CPU and 2 GB of RAM. More
importantly, ElastiCubes can do this without having to pre-aggregate and pre-calculate the data ahead of time and
store it on the hard-drive, thus radically reducing required import/processing time and storage space.

ElastiCube Use Cases


ElastiCubes are most useful when one or more of the following is true:

1. Large amounts of data need to be analyzed


2. Data for analysis originates from multiple disparate sources

Building and Deploying ElastiCubes


Once an ElastiCube schema has been defined, the ElastiCube can be built on a local machine for personal use or on
a server station for use by multiple users and/or applications. The build process imports data from the specified
source tables into the ElastiCube server where some addition internal processing is done before the ElastiCube is
ready to service query requests.

See Also
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
The ElastiCube Project Manager
Creating an ElastiCube Project
Building an ElastiCube
The Abacus ElastiCube Server Manager
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctElastiCubes.aspx[12/21/2009 7:52:05 PM]


Widget Selections

Existing Customer Register

Search

Widget Selections
See Also
Table of Contents
Many widgets let you select some or all of the data presented in them, to use as filters for other widget containing
Introduction other data. For example, having the selection in a drop-down list with customer IDs filter a summary table of product
What's New In PrismCubed? sales will allow you to see product sales for a particular customer or group of customers.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Widget Selections
Filtering the Entire Sheet and/or Spe
Some widgets, such as date pickers, drop-down lists, and text-search boxes, act mainly as selection filters for other
The Global Scope Indicator
widgets. Other widgets, like pivot tables and charts, are not always used as selecton filters. This is why charts and
Formatting and Layout
pivots have two possible operating modes - regular mode and selection mode.
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Tuning selection on and off can be done from the 'Selection Mode' button (highlighted) in the widget toolbar:
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

To clear the selection in a widget, click on the 'Clear Selection' button (highlighted) in the widget toolbar:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldWidgetInterconnect/ctselectors.aspx[12/21/2009 7:52:16 PM]


Widget Selections

See Also
Filtering the Entire Sheet and/or Specific Widgets
The Global Scope Indicator

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldWidgetInterconnect/ctselectors.aspx[12/21/2009 7:52:16 PM]


The Global Scope Indicator

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Global Scope Indicator


Table of Contents The Global Scope Indicator shows the current global filters applied to the active sheet. In addition, it
allows you to active a new sheet while using the currently active filters.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Selections appear in the Global Scope Indicator if a widget that is set to "Affects Global Scope" is added
Before You Start
to the sheet or if explicit filters are dropped onto it directly from the Data Browser.
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orie
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Glo
Widget Selections
Filtering the Entire Sheet and/
The Global Scope Indicator
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicatio
Refreshing Documents, Sheets an
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
Recovering Documents from Bac
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

The "Always keep selections when changing sheets" option will keep selections whenever a sheet is changed, even when it
is done from the sheets tab strip. This property is saved per document, so make sure you save the file if you change this
setting.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldWidgetInterconnect/ctglobalscopeindi.aspx[12/21/2009 7:52:27 PM]


Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Widgets

Existing Customer Register

Search

Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Widgets


Table of Contents Refreshing is done from the main application toolbar.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orie
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Glo
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicatio
Refreshing Documents, Sheets an
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
Recovering Documents from Bac
Option Description
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Selected Widgets Refreshes the Widgets currently selected
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security Active Sheet Refreshes the entire active sheet
Exporting All Document Refreshes the entire document
Widgets Specific Widgets Refreshes a specific Widget
PrismFAQ

Scheduled Automatic Refresh

You can have a document automatially refresh at pre-defined intervals. To set scheduled automatic
refresh, navigate to the File->Schedule Automatic Refresh item in the main application menu.

Make sure you save the document after you change these settings to have the changes take effect.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctRefreshDocument.aspx[12/21/2009 7:52:44 PM]


Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Widgets

Note: Automatic refresh only works when the application is running and in View mode (F7 or through the
View->Open In Viewer).

It is also possible to refresh selected Widget by clicking the F5 key.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctRefreshDocument.aspx[12/21/2009 7:52:44 PM]


Exporting the Data Behind a Widget

Existing Customer Register

Search

Exporting the Data Behind a Widget


It's possible to export the data behind a widget, in textual tabular form, to be used in other applications. This can be done
Table of Contents
by selecting the widget and clicking the "Copy Data Behind" toolbar button or by right clicking the widget and navigating to
Introduction "Copy Data Behind".
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Exporting Dashboards to PDF
Exporting Widgets to Excel
Exporting Widgets as Image
Exporting the Data Behind a Wid
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldExporting/ctcopydatabehind.aspx[12/21/2009 7:52:57 PM]


Exporting Widgets as Image

Existing Customer Register

Search

Exporting Widgets as an Image


You can copy most widgets as an image into the clipboard to be used in other applications. This can be done by selection
Table of Contents
the widget and clicking the "Copy as Image" toolbar button. This can also be achieve by right-clicking the widget and
Introduction selecting "Copy as Image".
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Exporting Dashboards to PDF
Exporting Widgets to Excel
Exporting Widgets as Image
Exporting the Data Behind a Wid
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldExporting/ctexportimage.aspx[12/21/2009 7:53:09 PM]


ElastiCube Server-based Architecture

Existing Customer Register

Search

Server-based Architecture
When multiple users are performing analysis and/or using guided analytics solutions, the data is typically placed in a central
Table of Contents
repository accessible to them. The data in this central repository is usually refreshed on a scheduled basis.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Abacus ElastiCube Server
3
Before You Start Prism comes with its own super-fast data stores called ElastiCubes which are specifically designed to withstand extensive
What is PrismCubed? querying typically required by business intelligence applications. ElastiCubes are run and maintained under the Abacus
ElastiCube Server-based Architec ElastiCube Server.
ElastiCube Desktop-based Archit
OLAP-based Architecture
For Users With a 64-bit Version O
Prism Desktop
Prism Viewer
Prism Documents (PSM)
Installation Packages
Does Prism Require an Internet C
A Note on Privacy and Security
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBeforeYouStart/ctserverarch.aspx[12/21/2009 7:53:22 PM]


ElastiCube Desktop-based Architecture

Existing Customer Register

Search

Desktop-based Architecture
3
Table of Contents Prism comes with a desktop edition of Abacus ElastiCube Server allowing a user to import data directly onto their
desktops for personal analysis, data exploration and reporting. The local edition of Abacus ElastiCube Server allows users
Introduction to query and manipulate massive amounts of data directly on their own computers.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
What is PrismCubed?
ElastiCube data can be shared between users, as well as dashboards and reports, but all users maintain their own
ElastiCube Server-based Architec
ElastiCubes. When multiple users are involved, you should consider a server-based architecture.
ElastiCube Desktop-based Archit
OLAP-based Architecture
For Users With a 64-bit Version O
Prism Desktop
Prism Viewer
Prism Documents (PSM)
Installation Packages
Does Prism Require an Internet C
A Note on Privacy and Security
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBeforeYouStart/ctdesktoparch.aspx[12/21/2009 7:53:35 PM]


OLAP-based Architecture

Existing Customer Register

Search

OLAP-based Architecture
If you already have OLAP cubes set up, or SQL-based data marts that were already optimized for your business
Table of Contents 3
intelligence requirements, Prism can be used directly over them. For more information, go here.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
What is PrismCubed?
ElastiCube Server-based Architec
ElastiCube Desktop-based Archit
OLAP-based Architecture
For Users With a 64-bit Version O
Prism Desktop
Prism Viewer
Prism Documents (PSM)
Installation Packages
Does Prism Require an Internet C
A Note on Privacy and Security
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
ElastiCubes vs. OLAP Cubes
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
ElastiCubes are super-fast data stores that out perform OLAP cubes in every possible aspect:
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security Building (processing) ElastiCubes takes a fraction of the time of an OLAP cube over the same data
Exporting
ElastiCubes return queries faster, over more data, than OLAP cubes
Widgets
PrismFAQ ElastiCubes requires a fraction of the storage space required by OLAP cubes over the same data

ElastiCubes require significantly less hardware to run and scale

If you have an existing data warehouse and OLAP cubes over it, you would benefit greatly from replacing those OLAP
cubes with ElastiCubes. For more information about ElastiCubes, click here.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBeforeYouStart/ctolaparchitecture.aspx[12/21/2009 7:53:47 PM]


For Users With a 64-bit Version Of Windows

Existing Customer Register

Search

For Users With a 64-bit Version Of Windows


3
Table of Contents Both Prism and Abacus ElastiCube Server come in 64-bit versions as well as 32-bit versions. When using a 64-bit version
of Windows, it is highly recommended to install the 64-bit version of the products.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
What is PrismCubed? Porting ElastiCubes
ElastiCube Server-based Architec ElastiCubes created on a 64-bit computer cannot be used on 32-bit computers and vice versa. If you are planning on
ElastiCube Desktop-based Archit porting ElastiCubes from one computer to another, make sure these computers match in terms of their bit support.
OLAP-based Architecture
For Users With a 64-bit Version O
Prism Desktop
ElastiCube Size Limitations
Prism Viewer
3
Prism Documents (PSM) The maximal database size supported by Prism depends on the underlying processing platform, e.g., a 32- or 64-bit
Installation Packages processor, and storage device, e.g., the file system and disk raids. The number of fields per table is practically unlimited.
Does Prism Require an Internet C The storage space limitation depends only on the maximal file size, for each column is mapped onto a file, whose limit is
A Note on Privacy and Security dictated by the operating system and hardware platform.

Managing Data Sources


On a 32-bit OS, the total amount of addressable memory is between 2 and 4GB. On a 64-bit platform, addressable memory
Browsing Data
is practically unlimited. Whenever possible, use the 64-bit version.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBeforeYouStart/ct64bit.aspx[12/21/2009 7:53:59 PM]


Prism Desktop

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prism Desktop
Table of Contents Prism Desktop is the main tool for creating visual analysis and reporting solutions over data in files,
databases and\or OLAP cubes. Combining state of the art technology and an innovating user interface,
Introduction
Prism Desktop can be used by individuals with no database experience to create rich and informative
What's New In PrismCubed?
business documents and share them with others.
Before You Start
What is PrismCubed?
ElastiCube Server-based Architec
ElastiCube Desktop-based Archit
OLAP-based Architecture
For Users With a 64-bit Version O
Prism Desktop
Prism Viewer
Prism Documents (PSM)
Installation Packages
Does Prism Require an Internet C
A Note on Privacy and Security
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBeforeYouStart/ctPrismDesktop.aspx[12/21/2009 7:54:13 PM]


Prism Viewer

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prism Viewer
Table of Contents Prism Viewer is a lightweight yet powerful tool for viewing Prism documents. It allows users who do not
have Prism Desktop to view and refresh dashboards created for them. Prism Viewer users cannot
Introduction
modify the documents, but can apply filters on data, sort and export it.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Dashboards viewed in Prism Viewer are not static. They can be configured to be fully dynamic and
What is PrismCubed?
execute queries in real-time to assure the dashboards are always up to date.
ElastiCube Server-based Architec
ElastiCube Desktop-based Archit
OLAP-based Architecture
For Users With a 64-bit Version O
Prism Desktop
Prism Viewer
Prism Documents (PSM)
Installation Packages
Does Prism Require an Internet C
A Note on Privacy and Security
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBeforeYouStart/ctPrismViewer.aspx[12/21/2009 7:54:26 PM]


Prism Documents (PSM)

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prism Documents (PSM)


Prism documents are stored as files with the PSM extension. They are self-contained, meaning they can be sent to others
Table of Contents
and remain fully functional. They are also compressed and encrypted.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
What is PrismCubed?
ElastiCube Server-based Architec
ElastiCube Desktop-based Archit
OLAP-based Architecture
For Users With a 64-bit Version O
Prism Desktop
Prism Viewer
Prism Documents (PSM)
Installation Packages
Does Prism Require an Internet C
A Note on Privacy and Security
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBeforeYouStart/ctPrismDocuments.aspx[12/21/2009 7:54:36 PM]


Installation Packages

Existing Customer Register

Search

Installation Packages
Table of Contents Three installation packages are available:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
- Standard MSI Installation: A regular wizard-based MSI installation that includes Prism libraries
and executables. This package does not include the Microsoft .NET Framework, therefore it is the
Before You Start
smallest package available. If the .NET Framework is not installed on the computer, the installation will
What is PrismCubed?
automatically download it from Microsoft and install it.
ElastiCube Server-based Architec
ElastiCube Desktop-based Archit
OLAP-based Architecture - Virtualized MSI Installation: A regular wizard-based MSI installation that includes Prism libraries
For Users With a 64-bit Version O and executables, as well as the Microsoft .NET Framework. Because it includes the .Net Framework, this
Prism Desktop
installation package is larger than the standard MSI Installation.
Prism Viewer
Prism Documents (PSM) - Virtualized Single File: A single executable that runs Prism in a fully virtualized mode and requires
Installation Packages no installation. This package is mainly aimed for working with Prism on a secure computer that does not
Does Prism Require an Internet C allow MSI installations to access the resources they require to work.
A Note on Privacy and Security
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The following table describes the packages and their distinct characteristics:
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Standard Virtualized Virtualized
Exporting
MSI MSI Single File
Widgets
Installation Installation
PrismFAQ
Requires installation of Microsoft .NET Yes No No
Framework (if not installed already)

Assigns Windows file associations to Yes Yes No


PSM extensions automatically

May require access to system Yes Yes No


resources, such as the registry

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBeforeYouStart/ctInstallationPackages.aspx[12/21/2009 7:54:47 PM]


Does Prism Require an Internet Connection to Work?

Existing Customer Register

Search

Does Prism Require an Internet Connection to Work?


Table of Contents No. You can work with Prism offline as long as you have a valid license on your computer.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
What is PrismCubed? If you do not wish to allow Prism to connect to the internet when your license expires, you can obtain one
ElastiCube Server-based Architec from the following address:
ElastiCube Desktop-based Archit
OLAP-based Architecture http://www.sisense.com/GetNewLicense.aspx
For Users With a 64-bit Version O
Prism Desktop
After the download finishes, place the file in the Prism installation directory.
Prism Viewer
Prism Documents (PSM)
Installation Packages If Prism cannot access the internet, automatic updates will not work. Be sure to check
Does Prism Require an Internet C http://www.sisense.com for updated versions you are entitled to.
A Note on Privacy and Security
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBeforeYouStart/ctRequiredInternet.aspx[12/21/2009 7:54:59 PM]


A Note on Privacy and Security

Existing Customer Register

Search

A Note on Privacy and Security


SiSense has absolutely no access to your servers, databases or documents. PSM files are secure files that are stored on
Table of Contents
your machine, or any other machine you intentfully placed them on.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
What is PrismCubed?
ElastiCube Server-based Architec
ElastiCube Desktop-based Archit
OLAP-based Architecture
For Users With a 64-bit Version O
Prism Desktop
Prism Viewer
Prism Documents (PSM)
Installation Packages
Does Prism Require an Internet C
A Note on Privacy and Security
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBeforeYouStart/ctSafeDocuments.aspx[12/21/2009 7:55:11 PM]


Connecting to a Microsoft Analysis Services (OLAP) Cube

Existing Customer Register

Search

Connecting to a Microsoft Analysis Services (OLAP) Cube


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to connect to a Microsoft Analysis Services (OLAP) Cube:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources? Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to Data->New Connection.
Before You Create a Data Source Connect to Analysis Services 2000 by clicking on MS Analysis Services (OLAP) 2000 or connect to
The Data Sources Selection List Analysis Services 2005 or higher, by clicking on MS Analysis Services (OLAP) 2005.
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
Connecting to a Microsoft Analys
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Changes
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Set required connectivity information, including the server address, the username and
Changing Connection Properties
password as well as the name of the database you wish to connect to. Then click OK.
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Finally, select the desired cube from the list and click OK.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldolap/ctMSOlap.aspx[12/21/2009 7:55:23 PM]


Connecting to a Microsoft Analysis Services (OLAP) Cube

To connect to an offline cube file (with the CUB extension), specify the file name instead
of a server name.

See Also
Supported Versions

Prerequisites

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldolap/ctMSOlap.aspx[12/21/2009 7:55:23 PM]


Dimensions, Members and Measures

Existing Customer Register

Search

Dimensions, Members and Measures


Table of Contents Instead of describing data in terms of fields and rows of a table, SiSense Prism uses a Dimensional
Model to describe tabular data.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data A Dimension is a logical entity that provides quick access to one or more values in a field. These
Overview values are held as Members within a Dimension. For a field containing first names, the ‘First Name’
Dimensions, Members and Meas Dimension would contain a single Member for each unique name within the field itself. If a value appears
The Data Browser more than once in a field, a single Member would represent all appearances of this value. Therefore, if
Browsing the Members of a Dime
the name ‘John’ appears several times, the ‘First Name’ dimension would still contain exactly one ‘John’
Member.
Browsing the Measures
The Calendar, Month, Days of We
Creating Measures from a Dimen
Changing the Caption of a Dimen
Hiding a Dimension or Measure A Measure is an entity that represents a calculation over values in a field. Apart from the field it is
Refreshing a Dimension bound to, a Measure is defined by an aggregation. The aggregation defines the formula to use in
Setting the Default Measure and order to calculate the final value.
Getting Member Captions from a
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

There are 6 types of aggregations:

Aggregation Description Applicable Fields

Sum Calculates the total of values Fields containing numeric


values

Avg Calculates the average value Fields containing numeric


values

Min Calculates the minimum value Fields containing numeric


values

Max Calculates the maximum value Fields containing numeric


values

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctDimensionsMembersandMeasures.aspx[12/21/2009 7:55:34 PM]


Dimensions, Members and Measures

Count Counts the number of unique All fields


values

Count Counts the number of rows All fields


Duplicates

Let’s take a look at simple example. Consider the following tabular data:

First Name Last Name Month Work Hours

John Smith January 120

John Williams January 130

John Smith February 110

John Williams February 135

Mary Jones February 140

Possible Dimensions for this data are:

- First Name: containing 2 Members, John and Mary

- Last Name: containing 3 Members, Smith, Williams and Jones

- Month: containing 2 Members, January and February

Possible Measures for this data are:

- Total Work Hours: calculates the total work hours by applying the Sum
aggregation on the values in the Work Hours field, resulting in
120+130+110+135+140=635

- Average Work Hours: calculates the average amount of work hours by applying
the Average aggregation on the values in the Work Hours field, resulting in
(120+130+110+135+140)/5=127

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctDimensionsMembersandMeasures.aspx[12/21/2009 7:55:34 PM]


Dimensions, Members and Measures

- Number of Work Months: calculates the number of different month values in the
Month field, resulting in 2 (January and February).

The most powerful thing about Dimensions and Measures is that they can be easily combined to perform
calculations over isolated data at any granularity. Combining the ‘Month’ Dimension with the ‘Average
Work Hours’ Measure would calculate the average work hours per month. Similarly, combining the ‘Last
Name’ Dimension with the ‘Number of Work Months’ Measure would calculate the number of different
months each ‘Last Name’ worked.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctDimensionsMembersandMeasures.aspx[12/21/2009 7:55:34 PM]


Before You Create a Data Source

Existing Customer Register

Search

Before You Create a Data Source


Before you create a Data Source, consider the following questions:
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Do you need to place data from different sources/tables on the same data visualization
Managing Data Sources widget (such as a chart or pivot table)?
What are Data Sources? A data visualization widget can be bound to a single Data Source. If you need to place data from multiple tables or files on a
Before You Create a Data Source single widget (a pivot table or a chart), creating a separate Data Source for each will not do the trick.
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources If your data is placed in separate tables, but in the same database server you have two options:
ElastiCubes Explained
1. Create a view with the SQL query the merges the data as required and then create a single Data Source over this
Changing Connection Properties
view. When large amounts of data and/or lots of queries are required - this may not be a feasible approach.
Adding\Removing a Data Source
2. Create an ElastiCube that merges the data and create a single Data Source over this ElastiCube.
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Do you need to query a lot of data (500K rows of data and higher)?
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Some databases perform better than others when asked to service queries over large data. This becomes even more
apparent when multiple users are querying the data simultaneously. If the database you are using cannot handle the query
Widgets
requests, you should considering importing the data into an ElastiCube and creating the Data Source over it. ElastiCubes
PrismFAQ
are specifically designed for large data volumes and numerous requests.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/ctmultipleds.aspx[12/21/2009 7:55:44 PM]


The Data Sources Selection List

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Data Sources Selection List


Table of Contents Existing Data Sources are accessible from the Data Sources Selection List. It shows the currently active
Data Source.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting To open the entire list of Data Source, click on the selection list with the left mouse button.
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Clicking on the selection list with the right mouse button will bring up additional Data Source related
options.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/ctdcombo.aspx[12/21/2009 7:55:55 PM]


The Data Sources Selection List

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/ctdcombo.aspx[12/21/2009 7:55:55 PM]


Connecting to a Microsoft SQL Server Table or View

Existing Customer Register

Search

Connecting to a Microsoft SQL Server Table or View


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to connect to an SQL Server table or view:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to Data->New Connection.
What are Data Sources? Connect to SQL Server 2000, by clicking on MS SQL Server 2000 or connect to SQL Server 2005
Before You Create a Data Source
or higher, by clicking on MS SQL Server 2005.
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Connecting to a Microsoft SQL S
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
Oracle
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Changes
Creating Imported Data Sources
Set required connectivity information, including the server address, the username and
ElastiCubes Explained password as well as the name of the database you wish to connect to. Then click OK.
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Finally, select the table or view from the list and click OK. To preview the table, enable
the Preview checkbox.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldMsSql/ctSqlServer.aspx[12/21/2009 7:56:06 PM]


Connecting to a Microsoft SQL Server Table or View

See Also
Supported Versions

Prerequisites

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldMsSql/ctSqlServer.aspx[12/21/2009 7:56:06 PM]


Importing a Microsoft Excel Workbook

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing a Microsoft Excel Workbook


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to import data from a Microsoft Excel Workbook:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources? Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to Data->New Connection.
Before You Create a Data Source Connect to an Excel file by clicking on Excel and selecting the desired file. Excel 2003 files usually
The Data Sources Selection List have the extension XLS while Excel 2007 files usually have the extension XLSX.
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
Microsoft Excel
Importing a Microsoft Excel Work
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
Text (CSV) Files
Google Spreadsheets
Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Storage Se
Handling Import Errors
Managing Imported Data Source Co
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source Configure the data properties required to begin the import process.
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Component Description

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldexcel/ctExcel.aspx[12/21/2009 7:56:18 PM]


Importing a Microsoft Excel Workbook

1 Connect to a worksheet or a Named Range


2 The name of the worksheet or Named Range
3 When connecting to a worksheet, import data from the entire sheet
4 When connecting to a worksheet, import data from an explicit range
5 Use the first row in the data as names of fields
6 Preview the data
7 Show\Hide fields from the preview window
8 Define the culture that will be used when parsing dates, numeric values and
currencies

Before you click OK to complete the process, make sure field types are set correctly. The type
of a field directly affects the type of Dimensions created on it, and therefore affects the type of
analyses it can be used with. The type of field is indicated by an icon which is placed next to its
name in the Preview box:

Icon Meaning
Text field
Numeric field
Date/Time field

In some scenarios, the automatically assigned type for a field may be incorrect. If this happens, you
can change the field’s type manually by right-clicking the field header and setting the correct field
type.

See Also
Supported Versions

Prerequisites

Handling Import Errors

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldexcel/ctExcel.aspx[12/21/2009 7:56:18 PM]


Changing Connection Properties

Existing Customer Register

Search

Changing Connection Properties


Table of Contents To change connection properties, navigate to the Data->Edit Connection menu.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
You can also navigate to the Data->Manage Connections menu for a more options.
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Component Description
1 Create a new connection
2 Edit the selected connection's properties
3 Removing the selected connection

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/ctChangingConnection.aspx[12/21/2009 7:56:29 PM]


Changing Connection Properties

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/ctChangingConnection.aspx[12/21/2009 7:56:29 PM]


Adding\Removing a Data Source

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding\Removing a Data Source


Table of Contents To add or remove a Data Source for an existing connection, navigate to the Data->Manage Connections
menu and bring up the ‘Manage Connections’ window.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Component Description
1 Create a new Data Source for the selected connection
2 Remove selected Data Source

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/ctAddDataSource.aspx[12/21/2009 7:56:40 PM]


Adding\Removing a Data Source

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/ctAddDataSource.aspx[12/21/2009 7:56:40 PM]


Connecting to an ElastiCube

Existing Customer Register

Search

Connecting to an ElastiCube
Table of Contents Follow the steps below to connect to an ElastiCube:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to Data->New Connection and
What are Data Sources? selecting ElastiCube.
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Connecting to an ElastiCub
Supported Versions
Dealing With Data Source Cha
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties Specify the address for the ElastiCube server, then click Connect To Server to view the list of
Adding\Removing a Data Source available ElastiCubes. Select the required ElastiCube and click OK.
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldelasticubes/ctelasticubes.aspx[12/21/2009 7:56:52 PM]


Connecting to an ElastiCube

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldelasticubes/ctelasticubes.aspx[12/21/2009 7:56:52 PM]


Connecting to an Oracle Table or View

Existing Customer Register

Search

Connecting to an Oracle Table or View


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to connect to an Oracle table or view:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources? Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to Data->New Connection. Connect to Oracle 9i
Before You Create a Data Source or higher, by clicking on Oracle 9i.

The Data Sources Selection List


Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
Connecting to an Oracle Table or
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Changes
Creating Imported Data Sources
Set required connectivity information, including the server address, the username and
ElastiCubes Explained password as well as the name of the database you wish to connect to. Then click OK.
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Finally, select the table or view from the list and click OK. To preview the table, enable
the Preview checkbox.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldoracle/ctOracle.aspx[12/21/2009 7:57:05 PM]


Connecting to an Oracle Table or View

See Also
Supported Versions

Prerequisites

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldoracle/ctOracle.aspx[12/21/2009 7:57:05 PM]


Connecting to a MySQL Table or View

Existing Customer Register

Search

Connecting to a MySQL Table or View


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to connect to a MySQL table or view:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources? Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to Data->New Connection.
Before You Create a Data Source Connect to MySQL 5.0 or higher, by clicking on MySQL 5.0.
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
MySQL
Connecting to a MySQL Table or
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Changes
Creating Imported Data Sources Set required connectivity information, including the server address, the username and
ElastiCubes Explained password as well as the name of the database you wish to connect to. Then click OK.
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Finally, select the table or view from the list and click OK. To preview the table, enable
the Preview checkbox.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldmysql/ctMySQL.aspx[12/21/2009 7:57:17 PM]


Connecting to a MySQL Table or View

See Also
Supported Versions

Prerequisites

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldmysql/ctMySQL.aspx[12/21/2009 7:57:17 PM]


Importing a Microsoft Access Database File

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing a Microsoft Access Database File


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to import data from a Microsoft Access database file:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to Data->New Connection
Creating PrismCubed Applications Connect to an Access databases file by clicking on MS Access and selecting the desired file.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters Access 2003 files usually have the extension MDB while Access 2007 files usually have the
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and extension ACCDB.
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Select the table or view you wish to import. In this window you can also preview the
data.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldaccess/ctAccess.aspx[12/21/2009 7:57:28 PM]


Importing a Microsoft Access Database File

Before you click OK to complete the process, make sure field types are set correctly. The type
of a field directly affects the type of Dimensions created on it, and therefore affects the type of
analyses it can be used with. The type of field is indicated by an icon which is placed next to its
name in the Preview box:

Icon Meaning
Text field
Numeric field
Date/Time field

In some scenarios, the automatically assigned type for a field may be incorrect. If this happens, you
can change the field’s type manually by right-clicking the field header and setting the correct field
type.

See Also
Supported Versions

Prerequisites

Handling Import Errors

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldaccess/ctAccess.aspx[12/21/2009 7:57:28 PM]


Text (CSV) Files

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing a Text (CSV) File


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to import data from a text/CSV file:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources? Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to Data->New Connection.
Before You Create a Data Source Connect to a CSV file by clicking on CSV File and selecting the desired file.
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
Microsoft Excel
Text (CSV) Files
Google Spreadsheets
Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Storage Se
Handling Import Errors
Managing Imported Data Source Co
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Configure the data properties required to begin the import process.
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Component Description
1 The delimiter separating the values in the files
2 Use the first row in the data as names of fields
3 Ignore first and/or last rows according to criteria

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/ctCsv.aspx[12/21/2009 7:57:40 PM]


Text (CSV) Files

4 Show\Hide fields from the preview window


5 Preview the data
6 Define the culture that will be used when parsing dates, numeric values and
currencies

Before you click OK to complete the process, make sure field types are set correctly. The type
of a field directly affects the type of Dimensions created on it, and therefore affects the type of
analyses it can be used with. The type of field is indicated by an icon which is placed next to its
name in the Preview box:

Icon Meaning
Text field
Numeric field
Date/Time field

In some scenarios, the automatically assigned type for a field may be incorrect. If this happens, you
can change the field’s type manually by right-clicking the field header and setting the correct field
type.

See Also
Handling Import Errors

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/ctCsv.aspx[12/21/2009 7:57:40 PM]


Google Spreadsheets

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing a Google Spreadsheet


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to import data from a Google Spreadsheet:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources? Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to Data->New Connection.
Before You Create a Data Source Connect to a Google Spreadsheet by clicking on Google Spreadsheet.
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
Microsoft Excel
Text (CSV) Files
Google Spreadsheets
Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Storage Se
Handling Import Errors
Managing Imported Data Source Co
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Enter your Google account credentials and select the spreadsheet you wish to connect to.
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Select the sheet you wish to import.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/ctGoogleSpreadsheet.aspx[12/21/2009 7:57:52 PM]


Google Spreadsheets

Component Description
1 Preview the data
2 Define the culture that will be used when parsing dates, numeric values and
currencies

Before you click OK to complete the process, make sure field types are set correctly. The type
of a field directly affects the type of Dimensions created on it, and therefore affects the type of
analyses it can be used with. The type of field is indicated by an icon which is placed next to its
name in the Preview box:

Icon Meaning
Text field
Numeric field
Date/Time field

In some scenarios, the automatically assigned type for a field may be incorrect. If this happens, you
can change the field’s type manually by right-clicking the field header and setting the correct field
type.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/ctGoogleSpreadsheet.aspx[12/21/2009 7:57:52 PM]


Google Spreadsheets

See Also
Handling Import Errors

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/ctGoogleSpreadsheet.aspx[12/21/2009 7:57:52 PM]


Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Storage Service)

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Logs


Table of Contents Follow the steps below to import data from Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) logs.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to Data->New Connection. Connect to
What are Data Sources? Amazon S3 by clicking on Amazon S3.
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
Microsoft Excel
Text (CSV) Files
Google Spreadsheets
Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Stor
Handling Import Errors
Managing Imported Data Sou
ElastiCubes Explained
Enter your public and private access keys, and select the Amazon S3 bucket you wish to
Changing Connection Properties
connect to.
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Configure synchronization settings.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/ctAmazonS3.aspx[12/21/2009 7:58:03 PM]


Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Storage Service)

Component Description
1 Change the connection settings
2 Define the time frame for which to bring the logs

Click Synchronize to begin the process.

Data can only be retrieved for time frames in which logging was enabled on the Amazon S3
account. If logging is disabled for the selected bucket, it will be automatically enabled. Data
will be available only from this date onward.

The bigger the time frame, the longer the synchronization time. Note that time frames that are
longer than a few days might take a significant amount of time to synchronize.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/ctAmazonS3.aspx[12/21/2009 7:58:03 PM]


The Data Browser

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Data Browser


See Also
Table of Contents
The Data Browser is the main tool for browsing and managing a Data Source. It is located on the
Introduction
left hand side of the main application window.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Overview
Dimensions, Members and Measures
The Data Browser
Browsing the Members of a Dimension
Browsing the Measures
The Calendar, Month, Days of Week an
Creating Measures from a Dimension
Changing the Caption of a Dimension o
Hiding a Dimension or Measure
Refreshing a Dimension
Setting the Default Measure and Defau
Getting Member Captions from anothe
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

The selection box on top is used to set the visible Data Source. Clicking the < > button will open
up the list of all available Data Sources, allowing you to select the Data Source you wish to use.

The higher nodes in the Data Browser represent Dimensions. The icon next to the Dimension’s
name indicates the type of Members it contains:

Icon Member Type

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctTheDataBrowser.aspx[12/21/2009 7:58:15 PM]


The Data Browser

Textual Members

Numeric Members

Date/Time Members

Measures

To expand a node, simply click on the < > icon next to it, or double-click directly on it with the left
mouse button.

Clicking on the < > button will hide the Data Browser, allowing for more space within the
main work area. Once the Data Browser is hidden, click on the < > button to bring it
back.

Right-clicking the selection box will bring up several other Data Source-related options.

See Also
Dimensions, Members and Measures

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctTheDataBrowser.aspx[12/21/2009 7:58:15 PM]


Browsing the Members of a Dimension

Existing Customer Register

Search

Browsing the Members of a Dimension


Table of Contents Text and Numeric Dimensions

Introduction Text and Numeric Dimensions all have a similar structure to the one below.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Overview
Dimensions, Members and Meas
The Data Browser
Browsing the Members of a Dime
Browsing the Measures
The Calendar, Month, Days of We
Creating Measures from a Dimen
Changing the Caption of a Dimen
Hiding a Dimension or Measure
Refreshing a Dimension
Setting the Default Measure and
Getting Member Captions from a Below the Dimension node you will find the ‘All’ Member which is the parent of all the Members in a
Creating PrismCubed Applications Dimension. Clicking on the < > icon will reveal all the Members of the Dimension.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
The ‘Filters’ folder contains all the custom Filters saved for the Dimension.
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Date/Time Dimensions

Dimensions containing calendar Date/Time Members have a slightly different structure because they
contain Members from multiple levels: Years, Fiscal Quarters, Months and Days.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctBrowsingtheMembersofaDimension.aspx[12/21/2009 7:58:40 PM]


Browsing the Members of a Dimension

Each of the Level nodes contains Members that represents time periods within that level. Clicking on the
< > icon will reveal the Members of the dimension in that level.

Apart from the level containing the explicit data Members (April 2007, May 2007, etc), it also contains
Member ‘expressions’ whose value is determined at the moment you use them (Last Month, First Month,
etc).

Each level node has its own ‘Filters’ folder, where custom Filters for that level are placed.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctBrowsingtheMembersofaDimension.aspx[12/21/2009 7:58:40 PM]


Browsing the Measures

Existing Customer Register

Search

Browsing The Measures


See Also
Table of Contents
The ‘Measures’ node holds all the Measures currently defined for the Data Source. The name of
Introduction
the Measure is typically made up of the defined aggregation and the field it applies to, such as
What's New In PrismCubed?
Average Sales, Sum Cost, etc.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Overview
Dimensions, Members and Measures
The Data Browser
Browsing the Members of a Dimension
Browsing the Measures
The Calendar, Month, Days of Week an
Creating Measures from a Dimension
Changing the Caption of a Dimension o
Hiding a Dimension or Measure
Refreshing a Dimension
Setting the Default Measure and Defau
Getting Member Captions from anothe
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The icons next to the Measure’s name indicates the aggregation defined for it:
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting Icon Aggregation
Widgets
PrismFAQ
Sum

Average

Minimum

Maximum

Count

Count Duplicates

The ‘Custom Measures’ folder contains all the Custom Measures saved in the Data Source.

See Also

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctBrowsingtheMeasures.aspx[12/21/2009 7:58:51 PM]


Browsing the Measures

Dimensions, Members and Measures

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctBrowsingtheMeasures.aspx[12/21/2009 7:58:51 PM]


The Calendar, Month, Days of Week and Fiscal Weeks Dimensions

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Calendar, Month, Weekdays, Fiscal Weeks and Hours Dimensions


Table of Contents For time stamp fields in a table, several Dimensions are created automatically and can be used straight
away. These Dimensions provide alternative, aggregated views of the original time stamp values.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Overview
Dimensions, Members and Meas
The Data Browser
Browsing the Members of a Dime
Browsing the Measures
The Calendar, Month, Days of We
Creating Measures from a Dimen
Changing the Caption of a Dimen
Hiding a Dimension or Measure
Refreshing a Dimension
Setting the Default Measure and
Getting Member Captions from a
Calendar Time
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte Calendar Dimensions, marked with the ( ) icon, represent a particular period of time during the year.
Creating Reusable Custom Measure Each level contains Members that represent exactly one period in time, according to the level.
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting For example, the Month level will contain Members like January 2008, February 2008, etc. The Days
Widgets level will contain Members like January 1st 2008, February 1st 2008, etc.
PrismFAQ

Fiscal Weeks

The Fiscal Weeks Dimension allows for looking at dates and time in terms of fiscal weeks. This
Dimension will always contain between 0 and 52 Members, each representing a different fiscal week.

Weekdays

The Weekdays Dimension allows for looking at dates and time in terms of days of the week. This
Dimension will always contain between 0 and 7 Members, representing Monday through Sunday.

Aggregated Months

The Aggregate Months Dimension allows for looking at dates in terms of individual months. This
Dimension will always contain between 0 and 12 Members, representing January through December.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctCalendarMonthDaysOfWeekFiscalWeeks.aspx[12/21/2009 7:59:04 PM]


The Calendar, Month, Days of Week and Fiscal Weeks Dimensions

The difference between the Months level in a Calendar dimension and the Aggregated Months
Dimension is that a Calendar Dimension contains months within a specific year while the
Aggregated Months dimension contains Months without relation to years. If the data contains
February 2007 and February 2008, the Calendar Dimension will contain two different February
Members (one for 2007 and one for 2008), while the Aggregated Months dimension will contain
only one February Member.

Aggregated Hours

The Aggregate Months Dimension allows for looking at dates in terms of round hours. This Dimension will
always contain between 0 and 24 Members, representing 12am through 11pm.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctCalendarMonthDaysOfWeekFiscalWeeks.aspx[12/21/2009 7:59:04 PM]


Creating Measures from a Dimension

Existing Customer Register

Search

Creating Measures from a Dimension


See Also
Table of Contents
Since Dimensions and Measures both correspond to fields in a table, you can easily use
Introduction
Dimensions to create new Measures. To create (or hide) a Measure directly from a Dimension,
What's New In PrismCubed?
right-click the Dimension node in the Data Browser and navigate to Show/Hide Measures and check
Before You Start
the Measure(s) you need.
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Overview
Dimensions, Members and Measures
The Data Browser
Browsing the Members of a Dimension
Browsing the Measures
The Calendar, Month, Days of Week an
Creating Measures from a Dimension
Changing the Caption of a Dimension o
Hiding a Dimension or Measure
Refreshing a Dimension
Setting the Default Measure and Defau
Getting Member Captions from anothe
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

The types of aggregations you can apply on a Dimension depend on the type of Members it
contains:

Dimension Icon Applicable Aggregations


Type

Text Count and Count Duplicates

Numeric Sum, Average, Minimum, Maximum, Count and Count


Duplicates

Calendar Count and Count Duplicates

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctCreatingMeasuresfromaDimension.aspx[12/21/2009 7:59:16 PM]


Creating Measures from a Dimension

Once created, the new Measure(s) will appear under the Measures node ( ) in the Data Browser.
Typically, it will be named by a combination of the aggregation applied and the Dimensions’ name.

See Also
Dimensions, Members and Measures

Browsing the Measures

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctCreatingMeasuresfromaDimension.aspx[12/21/2009 7:59:16 PM]


Changing the Caption of a Dimension or Measure

Existing Customer Register

Search

Changing the Caption of a Dimension or Measure


See Also
Table of Contents
To change the caption of a Dimension or a Measure simply right-click the corresponding node in the
Introduction
Data Browser, navigate to ‘Rename’, type in the new caption and click OK.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Overview
Dimensions, Members and Measures
The Data Browser
Browsing the Members of a Dimension
Browsing the Measures
The Calendar, Month, Days of Week an
Creating Measures from a Dimension
Changing the Caption of a Dimension o
Hiding a Dimension or Measure
Refreshing a Dimension
Setting the Default Measure and Defau See Also
Getting Member Captions from anothe The Data Browser
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctChangingtheCaptionofaDimensionorMeasure.aspx[12/21/2009 7:59:27 PM]


Hiding a Dimension or Measure

Existing Customer Register

Search

Hiding a Dimension or Measure


See Also
Table of Contents
Introduction
Hiding a Single Dimension or Measure
What's New In PrismCubed? To hide a Dimension or a Measure simply right-click the corresponding node in the Data Browser
Before You Start and navigate to ‘Hide’.
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Overview
Dimensions, Members and Measures
The Data Browser
Browsing the Members of a Dimension
Browsing the Measures
The Calendar, Month, Days of Week an
Creating Measures from a Dimension
Changing the Caption of a Dimension o
Hiding a Dimension or Measure
Refreshing a Dimension
Setting the Default Measure and Defau
Hiding Multiple Dimensions or Measures
Getting Member Captions from anothe Navigate to the main Data menu and click 'Show/Hide Metadata'.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Next, click on Edit Dimensions:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctHidingaDimensionorMeasure.aspx[12/21/2009 7:59:41 PM]


Hiding a Dimension or Measure

Finally, uncheck the Dimensions and Measures you wish to hide:

See Also
The Data Browser

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctHidingaDimensionorMeasure.aspx[12/21/2009 7:59:41 PM]


Refreshing a Dimension

Existing Customer Register

Search

Refreshing a Dimension
Table of Contents Once you expand a Dimension revealing its Members, these Members are cached so queries are not
required each time a Dimension is expanded and collapsed.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
If you need to force the re-fetching of Members from the source data, simply right-click the corresponding
Before You Start
Dimension in the Data Browser and navigate to Refresh.
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Overview
Dimensions, Members and Meas
The Data Browser
Browsing the Members of a Dime
Browsing the Measures
The Calendar, Month, Days of We
Creating Measures from a Dimen
Changing the Caption of a Dimen
Hiding a Dimension or Measure
Refreshing a Dimension
Setting the Default Measure and
Getting Member Captions from a
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctRefreshingaDimension.aspx[12/21/2009 7:59:53 PM]


Setting the Default Measure and Default Member of Dimensions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Setting the Default Measure and Default Member of Dimensions


Table of Contents Default Measures and Members allow you to define which Members are used to slice the data by default,
when the Dimension or Measure is not explicitly used in a query.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data For example, if your data contains sales information and you wish the dashboards you create always to
Overview be in the context of a specific product, you would set that specific product as the default Member by right-
Dimensions, Members and Meas clicking it and navigating to ‘Set as Default’. The currently set default Member is highlighted in bold.
The Data Browser
Browsing the Members of a Dime
Browsing the Measures
The Calendar, Month, Days of We
Creating Measures from a Dimen
Changing the Caption of a Dimen
Hiding a Dimension or Measure
Refreshing a Dimension
Setting the Default Measure and
Getting Member Captions from a
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Similarly, setting of the default Measure is done by right-clicking the Measure and navigating to ‘Set as
Default’.

Home

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctDefaultMembersandDefaultMeasures.aspx[12/21/2009 8:00:05 PM]


Setting the Default Measure and Default Member of Dimensions

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctDefaultMembersandDefaultMeasures.aspx[12/21/2009 8:00:05 PM]


Getting Member Captions from another Table (Descriptive Join)

Existing Customer Register

Search

Getting Member Captions from another Table (Descriptive Join)


Table of Contents When a certain field in a table contains keys instead of descriptive values, by default the Dimension for
this field will contain Members with keys for captions. The ‘friendly’ values for these keys are often
Introduction
stored in a separate table.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Overview
Dimensions, Members and Meas
The Data Browser
Browsing the Members of a Dime
Browsing the Measures
The Calendar, Month, Days of We
Creating Measures from a Dimen
Changing the Caption of a Dimen
Hiding a Dimension or Measure
Refreshing a Dimension To get Member captions from another table:
Setting the Default Measure and
Getting Member Captions from a
- Right-click the Dimension and navigate to ‘Edit’.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

In the ‘Captions’ section:

- Change the selection to ‘From Other Data Source’.

- Specify the name of the table to get the captions from, the name of the shared column between the
tables and the name of the field containing the caption.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctDescriptiveJoins.aspx[12/21/2009 8:00:17 PM]


Getting Member Captions from another Table (Descriptive Join)

This feature is also called a Descriptive Join because in effect, an SQL join operation is
performed behind the scenes to match captions to the keys.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBrowsingData/ctDescriptiveJoins.aspx[12/21/2009 8:00:17 PM]


Files and Documents

Existing Customer Register

Search

Files and Documents


Table of Contents SiSense Prism documents (PSM files) have a similar structure to that of Microsoft Excel Workbooks. A
document is made up of one or more sheets, each of which contains Widgets that visualize and format
Introduction
information. These documents allow you to organize, save and share your work.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orie
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Glo
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicatio
When the application first opens, a blank document containing one sheet is automatically created.
Refreshing Documents, Sheets an
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize - To open an existing document, navigate to the File->Open menu (or click Ctrl-O) and select the
Recovering Documents from Bac appropriate file.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure - To save a document, navigate to the File->Save menu (or click Ctrl-S). The first time you save you
Sharing, Distribution and Security will be asked to give the file a valid name.
Exporting
Widgets
- To save a document with a different name, navigate to the File-Save As menu and type in
PrismFAQ
the new path and file name

The name of the document currently open is visible from the main application title:

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctFilesAndDocuments.aspx[12/21/2009 8:00:30 PM]


Sheets

Existing Customer Register

Search

Sheets
Table of Contents A document can contain one or more sheets. A sheet is a single page in your solution and can contain
one or more Widgets that visualize data and information as well as provide business logic to your
Introduction
solution.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
All the sheets in your documents are visible from the sheets tab strip on top of the main work area. The
Managing Data Sources
active sheet is slightly highlighted.
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orie
Adding Widgets - To create a new sheet, right-click the sheets tab and navigate to ‘Insert Sheet’.
Widget Interconnectivity and Glo - To delete a sheet, right-click the relevant sheet’s tab and navigate to ‘Remove’.
Formatting and Layout - To duplicate a sheet, right click the relevant sheet’s table and navigate to ‘Duplicate’.
Adding Features to an Applicatio - To rename a sheet, double-click on its tab and type in the new name.
Refreshing Documents, Sheets an
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
Recovering Documents from Bac
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

When there are more sheets than can be shown on your screen, navigation
buttons < > will appear at the right end of the tab strip, allowing you to
navigate between them.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctSheets.aspx[12/21/2009 8:00:45 PM]


Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation

Existing Customer Register

Search

Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation


Table of Contents When creating a document for printing, the best size for a sheet would probably be that of an A4 page.
On the other hand, dashboards are usually better off having sheets whose sizes correspond to common
Introduction
screen resolutions to allow users to see everything without having to scroll around.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
To bring up the Page Properties window, navigate to Format->Page Size, or right-click an
Managing Data Sources
empty area on the sheet itself.
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orie
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Glo
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicatio
Refreshing Documents, Sheets an
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
Recovering Documents from Bac
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
There are several options in the Page Properties window:
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctDefiningTheSheetSizeAndOrientation.aspx[12/21/2009 8:00:56 PM]


Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation

Option Description
Auto-Size An ‘unlimited’ sheet with no boundaries
Pre-Defined Size Assign one of pre-defined size values
Custom Size A custom size (in pixels)
Page Orientation Portrait or Landscape page layout
Set As Default Uses the entered values as default values
Apply To All Applies defined properties to all sheets

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctDefiningTheSheetSizeAndOrientation.aspx[12/21/2009 8:00:56 PM]


Overview

Existing Customer Register

Search

Overview
See Also
Table of Contents
Widgets are the visual building blocks of a dashboard. They are visual and interactive components
Introduction
that are used to visualize data, perform analysis, accept input from users and add business logic to
What's New In PrismCubed?
your documents. Such Widgets include pivot tables, charts, KPI indicators, date pickers, drop-down
Before You Start
selection boxes, images, text boxes, etc.
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Widgets can be drag-and-dropped onto anywhere on the sheet. You have complete freedom to
decide where you place them.
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Overview
The Widgets Pane
The Widget Data Editor
Binding Widgets to Data
Adding a Pivot Table
Adding a Chart
Adding Single Value Indicators
Adding Input Selection Widgets
Adding Text Boxes, Images and Pane
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

See Also
The Widgets Pane
The Widget Data Editor
Binding Widgets to Data
Adding a Pivot Table
Adding a Chart
Adding Single Value Indicators
Adding Input Selection Widgets
Adding Text Boxes, Images and Panel

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:01:07 PM]


Overview

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:01:07 PM]


Themes

Existing Customer Register

Search

Themes
See Also
Table of Contents
Themes are a way to auto-format Widgets based on a single main color. Applying a theme to a
Introduction
Widget will color its customizable areas in a shade of the main color specified.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources To apply a theme on a Widget, select the Widget and click the Theme button.
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
To change the selected theme color, click on the < > button and select the color our of
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
the picker.
Formatting and Layout
Themes
Colors and Fonts
Value Masks
Widget Alignment
Widget Spacing
Widget Ordering
Widget Auto-Snapping
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

See Also
Colors and Fonts
Value Masks
Widget Alignment
Widget Spacing

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldFormatting/ctThemes.aspx[12/21/2009 8:01:17 PM]


Themes

Widget Ordering
Widget Auto-Snapping

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldFormatting/ctThemes.aspx[12/21/2009 8:01:17 PM]


Show\Hide Members in a Pivot or Chart

Existing Customer Register

Search

Show/Hide Members in a Pivot or Chart


See Also
Table of Contents
To allow selection of Members that are shown in a Pivot or Chart, create a Selector Widget
Introduction
containing all possible Members and connect it to a Pivot or Chart containing the same Members.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Show\Hide Members in a Pivot or C
Show\Hide Measures in a Pivot or C
The Apply Scope (Background) Butto
The Jump to Sheet Button To enable multi-selection in a Drop Down List, right-click the list and navigate to
The Refresh Document, Sheets and W Preferences->Multi Selection.
The Export to Excel Button
The Browse To URL Button
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
See Also
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Connecting a Widget to Another Widget
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingFeatures/ctShowHideMembersinaPivotorChart.aspx[12/21/2009 8:01:28 PM]


Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With Source Data

Existing Customer Register

Search

Allowing Viewers to Synchronize with Source Data


See Also
Table of Contents
When creating dashboards over local Data Sources (such as Microsoft Excel, CSV, Microsoft
Introduction
Access, etc), that data itself is imported into an in-memory database and calculations are performed
What's New In PrismCubed?
locally.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data When such a dashboard is sent out to a Viewer, it is limited to the data contained in the document
Creating PrismCubed Applications
itself. To allow Viewers to synchronize with source data thus having their dashboards present up-to-
date data all the time, you will need to add the Synchronize Data Source button to the dashboard.
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets The Synchronize Data Source button allows you to place new source data in a shared location (a
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation shared folder on the network, for example) and have Viewers synchronize the dashboard with that
Adding Widgets data.
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
To create a Synchronize Data Source button, drag it from the Actions group in the
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S Widgets Pane.
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

To define the Data Sources the button will synchronize, simply right-click the button,
navigate to the Data Sources to Synchronize menu and select the desired Data Sources.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctSynchronize.aspx[12/21/2009 8:01:39 PM]


Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With Source Data

To invoke a full document refresh after synchronization is complete, make sure the
Refresh Entire Document option is enabled.

See Also
The Widgets Pane

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctSynchronize.aspx[12/21/2009 8:01:39 PM]


Recovering Documents from Backup

Existing Customer Register

Search

Recovering Documents from Backup


Table of Contents Whenever a document is successfully opened, a backup is created. If for some reason you need to
recover a document from backup, search for it in the following directory:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Documents & Settings\<User>\Application
Before You Start
Data\SiSense\Prism\LocalRepository\PSM_BACKUPS
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orie
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Glo
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicatio
Refreshing Documents, Sheets an
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
Recovering Documents from Bac
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctRecoveringfromBackup.aspx[12/21/2009 8:01:49 PM]


Creating\Modifying a Group of Members

Existing Customer Register

Search

Creating\Modifying a Group of Members


See Also
Table of Contents
Introduction
To create a new Group
What's New In PrismCubed? 1. Open the relevant Dimension’s node in the Data Browser
Before You Start 2. Select the Members you wish to collect.
Managing Data Sources 3. Right-click and navigate to ‘Group’
Browsing Data 4. Give the Group a descriptive name and click OK
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters * The new Group will appear under the Dimension’s ‘Filters’ node
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of Membe
Creating a Filter
Creating Filters Using Question Compo
Creating DateTime Expressions To add new Members to an existing Group
Editing a Filter
1. Open the relevant Dimension’s node in the Data Browser
Deleting a Group or Filter 2. Select the Members you wish to collect
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and 3. Right-click and navigate to ‘Add to Group’
Sharing, Distribution and Security 4. Select the Group to add the Members to
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

To remove Members from an existing Group

1. Open the relevant Dimension’s node in the Data Browser


2. Find the Group under the ‘Filters’ node and reveal its Members by double-clicking on it
3. Select the Members to remove and press the DELETE key (or right-click and ‘Remove’)

To select consecutive Members, click on the first Member, hold down the ‘SHIFT’ key and
then click on the last Member. To select non-consecutive Members, click on the
Members one at a time while holding the ‘CTRL’ key.

See Also
Deleting a Group or Filter

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/ctCreatingGroups.aspx[12/21/2009 8:01:59 PM]


Creating a Filter

Existing Customer Register

Search

Creating a Filter
See Also
Table of Contents
To create a new Filter:
Introduction
1. Open the relevant Dimension’s node in the Data Browser
What's New In PrismCubed?
2. Right-click on the ‘Filter’s node and navigate to ‘New’
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of Membe
Creating a Filter
Creating a Filter
Filter By Criteria
Top Ranking and Bottom Ranking F
Top Percentile and Bottom Percentil
Exclude
Intersection To apply a Filter on an existing Filter:
Union 1. Open the relevant Dimension’s node in the Data Browser
Creating Filters Using Question Compo 2. Find the Filter under the ‘Filters’ node, right-click on it and navigate to ‘New Filter’
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter In the New Filter window:
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Component Description
1 Give a descriptive name for the filter
2 Specify the type of filter

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/ctCreateFilter.aspx[12/21/2009 8:02:10 PM]


Creating a Filter

3 Configure filter-specific properties

See Also
Filter By Criteria

Top Ranking and Bottom Ranking Filters

Top Percentile and Bottom Percentile Filters

Exclude

Intersection

Union

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/ctCreateFilter.aspx[12/21/2009 8:02:10 PM]


Overview

Existing Customer Register

Search

Overview
See Also
Table of Contents
Question Composition is a tool for creating filters using a visual workflow. It provides an intuitive
Introduction
interface for creating the filters in a step-by-step process, as well as observing the structure of more
What's New In PrismCubed?
complex filters.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters Filters are created in this fashion inside special types of sheets called ‘Questions’.
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of Membe
Creating a Filter
Creating Filters Using Question Compo
Overview
Creating a Question
Defining the Base Dimension or Filte
Applying an Additional Filter
Renaming a Filter
Saving a Filter
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

The arrows represent the direction of the flow. The top-most arrows indicate that all customers (the
Customer box) go into the Top Ranking Filter (Best 5 Customers) and Bottom Ranking Filter (Worst
5 Customers) immediately below it.

See Also
Creating a Question

Defining the Base Dimension or Filter

Applying an Additional Filter

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldQuestionComposition/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:02:21 PM]


Overview

Renaming a Filter

Saving a Filter

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldQuestionComposition/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:02:21 PM]


Creating DateTime Expressions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Creating Date/Time Expressions


Table of Contents Date/Time Expressions let you a reference a time period or a range of time periods dynamically. These
expressions can be created in Calendar Time Dimensions < > only. These expressions are created in
Introduction
reference to the last member or first member available in the data.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications To select one of the pre-defined expressions
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
- Open the relevant time level node.
What are Groups and Filters?
- Select one of the expressions nodes under the All member
Creating\Modifying a Group of M
OR
Creating a Filter - Right-Click the level node, navigate to the New Filters menu and pick the requested time expression.
Creating Filters Using Question C
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

To create a new expression

- Right-click on the time level node and navigate to Time Filters->Custom Range
- Set the number of periods the new expression should return
- Set the numbers of before the last member to begin the count (optional)
- Click Apply

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/ctTimeExpressions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:02:31 PM]


Creating DateTime Expressions

Last Year, Last Month (etc) expressions mean the last Member available in the data, not the
previous year/month (which are correspondingly called Previous Year and Previous Month).

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/ctTimeExpressions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:02:31 PM]


Editing a Filter

Existing Customer Register

Search

Editing a Filter
See Also
Table of Contents
Introduction
Editing the top-most Filter in the Data Browser
What's New In PrismCubed? - Right-click on the Filter in the Data Browser
Before You Start - Click ‘Edit’ and use the Filter window to modify the settings
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of Membe
Creating a Filter
Creating Filters Using Question Compo
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Editing the Filter in a Question

If you need to change a setting deep within the Filter hierarchy, you can drop it on a Question and
do it there.

- Create a new Question by navigating to the main ‘Insert’ menu and selecting Question.
- Drag the Filter from the Data Browser onto the empty Question.
- Make the modifications and click on the Filter’s save button.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/ctEditFilter.aspx[12/21/2009 8:02:44 PM]


Editing a Filter

See Also
Creating Filters

Creating Filters Using Question Composition

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/ctEditFilter.aspx[12/21/2009 8:02:44 PM]


Deleting a Group or Filter

Existing Customer Register

Search

Deleting a Group or Filter


Table of Contents To remove a Group or a Filter, right-click on it in the Data Browser and click Delete.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of M
Creating a Filter
Creating Filters Using Question C
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/ctDeleteFilter.aspx[12/21/2009 8:02:55 PM]


The Formula Editor

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Formula Editor


Table of Contents The Formula Editor is the tool for defining/modifying a Custom Measure's formula. It is placed
immediately under the main toolbar. It will only be visible when working on a Custom Measure or when a
Introduction
Measure is selected on a Widget.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Buttons:
What are Custom Measures?
The Formula Editor
Creating a New Custom Measure
Cancel.
Renaming a Custom Measure
Editing a Custom Measure's Form Save formula changes (when editing an existing formula)
Deleting a Custom Measure
Formulas
Save formula in repository (when creating a new formula)
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets Quick access to metadata
PrismFAQ

Data must be added to a formula either from the Quick Access menu or by dragging it from the
Data Browser onto the formula editor. Typing the names of Dimensions, Members or
Measures into the editor will not work.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/ctFormulaEditor.aspx[12/21/2009 8:03:07 PM]


Creating a New Custom Measure

Existing Customer Register

Search

Creating a New Custom Measure


See Also
Table of Contents
To create a new Custom Measure:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data 1. Right-click on the Custom Measures node under the Measures and navigate to New.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
What are Custom Measures?
The Formula Editor
Creating a New Custom Measure
Renaming a Custom Measure
Editing a Custom Measure's Formula
Deleting a Custom Measure
Formulas
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ 2. Define the new Custom Measure's formula in the Formula Editor and click ENTER.

3. Give the new Custom Measure a descriptive name and click OK to save.

See Also
The Formula Editor

Formulas

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/ctCreateCustomMeasure.aspx[12/21/2009 8:03:17 PM]


Creating a New Custom Measure

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/ctCreateCustomMeasure.aspx[12/21/2009 8:03:17 PM]


Renaming a Custom Measure

Existing Customer Register

Search

Renaming a Custom Measure


See Also
Table of Contents
To rename an existing Custom Measure, right-click on it and navigate to Rename.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
What are Custom Measures?
The Formula Editor
Creating a New Custom Measure
Renaming a Custom Measure
Editing a Custom Measure's Formula
Deleting a Custom Measure
Formulas
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
See Also
PrismFAQ
The Formula Editor

Formulas

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/ctRenameCustomMeasure.aspx[12/21/2009 8:03:28 PM]


Editing a Custom Measure's Formula

Existing Customer Register

Search

Editing a Custom Measure's Formula


See Also
Table of Contents
To change an existing Custom Measure's formula, right-click on it and navigate to Edit.
Introduction
Then, modify the formula and click ENTER to save the changes.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
What are Custom Measures?
The Formula Editor
Creating a New Custom Measure
Renaming a Custom Measure
Editing a Custom Measure's Formula
Deleting a Custom Measure
Formulas
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ
See Also
The Formula Editor

Formulas

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/ctEditCustomMeasure.aspx[12/21/2009 8:03:39 PM]


Deleting a Custom Measure

Existing Customer Register

Search

Deleting a Custom Measure


Table of Contents To delete a Custom Measure, right-click on it and navigate to Delete.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
What are Custom Measures?
The Formula Editor
Creating a New Custom Measure
Renaming a Custom Measure
Editing a Custom Measure's Form
Deleting a Custom Measure
Formulas
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/ctRemoveCustomMeasure.aspx[12/21/2009 8:03:49 PM]


Overview

Existing Customer Register

Search

Overview
See Also
Table of Contents
Formulas are the expressions according to which the value of a Custom Measure is calculated.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data The formal syntax for a formula is:
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
<Formula> ::= <Num. Exp.> | (<Num. Exp.>) | <Num. Exp.> [<Arith. Operator> <Num. Exp.>]
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
What are Custom Measures?
<Num. Exp.> ::= <Num. Function> | <Num. Literal> | <Measure> | <Measured Value>
The Formula Editor
Creating a New Custom Measure
Renaming a Custom Measure <Arith. Operator> ::= + | - | \ | *
Editing a Custom Measure's Formula
Deleting a Custom Measure <Num. Function> ::= SUM | AVG | MIN | MAX | COUNT | COUNTDUP | ...
Formulas
Overview
<Measured Value> ::= (<Measure>,<Scope>[, <Scope>...])
Simple Arithmetics
Aggregations
<Scope> ::= <Member> | <Group> | <Filter>
Measured Values (Scoped Measures
Running To-Date Totals and Averag
Rolling Totals and Averages <Num. Literal> ::= A valid floating point or integer value.
Growth From Previous/Parallel Perio
Contribution Calculations
Date Difference Functions
See Also
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Simple Arithmetics
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ Value Aggregation Functions

Measured Aggregation Functions

Counting Filter Members

Measured Values

Running To-Date Totals and Averages

Rolling Totals and Averages

Growth From Previous/Parallel Period

Contribution Calculations

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:04:01 PM]


Overview

Date Difference Functions

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:04:01 PM]


Managing Contacts (Users)

Existing Customer Register

Search

Managing Contacts (Users)


See Also
Table of Contents
SiSense Prism uses email accounts to identify users. These are the same emails that users use to
Introduction
register with sisense.com. Your contact list can be used to configure which user has access to a
What's New In PrismCubed?
dashboard and what they can or cannot do with it.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters To bring up the Contact Management window, navigate to File->Manage Contacts:
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Managing Contacts (Users)
Managing Contacts (Users)
Adding a New Contact
Importing Contacts From GMail
Importing Contacts From Outlook
Importing Contacts From Yahoo Ma
Importing Contacts From Hotmail
Editing a Contact
Deleting a Contact
Distributing Read-Only Dashboards
Applying User Permissions to a Dashbo
Including Database Login Credentials w
Including Custom Filters and Measures
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize with S
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

See Also
Adding a New Contact

Importing Contacts From GMail

Importing Contacts From Outlook

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/fldManagingContacts/ctContacts.aspx[12/21/2009 8:04:14 PM]


Managing Contacts (Users)

Importing Contacts From Yahoo Mail

Importing Contacts From Hotmail

Editing a Contact

Deleting a Contact

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/fldManagingContacts/ctContacts.aspx[12/21/2009 8:04:14 PM]


Distributing Read-Only Dashboards

Existing Customer Register

Search

Distributing Read-Only Dashboards


Table of Contents If you wish to prevent anyone but you from editing your dashboard, you can do so in the Document
Distribution Properties window. This applies to other Prism Desktop users only, as users of Prism Viewer
Introduction
cannot edit dashboards at all.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications To bring up the Document Distribution Properties window, navigate to File->Distribution Properties:
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Sharing, Distribution and Securit
Managing Contacts (Users)
Distributing Read-Only Dashboa
Applying User Permissions to a D
Including Database Login Creden
Including Custom Filters and Me
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Make sure that the Locked option is marked and click OK.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/ctDistributeToEveryone.aspx[12/21/2009 8:04:24 PM]


Distributing Read-Only Dashboards

Distribution properties are saved in the PSM file itself, therefore you must save your
document in order for your changes to take affect.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/ctDistributeToEveryone.aspx[12/21/2009 8:04:24 PM]


Applying User Permissions to a Dashboard

Existing Customer Register

Search

Applying User Permissions to a Dashboard


See Also
Table of Contents
If you wish to allow only specific users access a dashboard, you can do so in the Document
Introduction
Distribution Properties window. This window has two modes 'Simple' and 'Advanced' so make sure
What's New In PrismCubed?
you are in 'Advanced' mode by clicking on the 'Advanced' button.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters To bring up the Document Distribution Properties window, navigate to File->Distribution Properties:
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Managing Contacts (Users)
Distributing Read-Only Dashboards
Applying User Permissions to a Dashbo
Including Database Login Credentials w
Including Custom Filters and Measures
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize with S
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

To add contacts to the list of users that are allowed to access the dashboard,
click Add Contacts. If you haven't added contacts to Prism, click on the Contacts Manager button
and add them before doing this.

If you wish a user to receive the document in read-only mode, thus preventing him from editing it,
click on the appropriate area in the Read Only column. This only applies to other Prism Desktop
users, as users of Prism Viewer cannot edit dashboards at all.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/ctDistributeRestricted.aspx[12/21/2009 8:04:35 PM]


Applying User Permissions to a Dashboard

Users not on this list and/or unauthenticated users will not be able to open a document for
which there is an explicit list of allowed users.

Distribution properties are saved in the PSM file itself, therefore you must save your
document in order for your changes to take affect.

See Also
Managing Contacts

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/ctDistributeRestricted.aspx[12/21/2009 8:04:35 PM]


Including Server and Database Credentials with a Dashboard

Existing Customer Register

Search

Including Database Login Credentials with a Dashboard


Table of Contents To save the database server login credentials with a dashboard, thus eliminating the need for your users
to login themselves, bring up the Document Distribution Properties window by navigate to File-
Introduction
>Distribution Properties:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Sharing, Distribution and Securit
Managing Contacts (Users)
Distributing Read-Only Dashboa
Applying User Permissions to a D
Including Database Login Creden
Including Custom Filters and Me
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ
In this window, mark the 'Save database login credential with doument' option and click OK.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/ctSaveCredentials.aspx[12/21/2009 8:04:46 PM]


Including Server and Database Credentials with a Dashboard

Distribution properties are saved in the PSM file itself, therefore you must save your
document in order for your changes to take affect.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/ctSaveCredentials.aspx[12/21/2009 8:04:46 PM]


Including Custom Filters and Measures Repository with a Dashboard

Existing Customer Register

Search

Including Custom Filters and Measures Repository with a Dashboard


Table of Contents To save your repository of custom Filters and Measures with a dashboard, you can do so from the
Document Distribution Properties window. To bring it up, navigate to File->Distribution Properties.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Sharing, Distribution and Securit
Managing Contacts (Users)
Distributing Read-Only Dashboa
Applying User Permissions to a D
Including Database Login Creden
Including Custom Filters and Me
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets
In this window, mark the 'Save custom sets and formulas with document' option and click OK.
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/ctSaveRepository.aspx[12/21/2009 8:04:56 PM]


Including Custom Filters and Measures Repository with a Dashboard

Distribution properties are saved in the PSM file itself, therefore you must save your
document in order for your changes to take affect.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/ctSaveRepository.aspx[12/21/2009 8:04:56 PM]


Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With Source Data

Existing Customer Register

Search

Allowing Viewers to Synchronize with Source Data


See Also
Table of Contents
When creating dashboards over local Data Sources (such as Microsoft Excel, CSV, Microsoft
Introduction
Access, etc), that data itself is imported into an in-memory database and calculations are performed
What's New In PrismCubed?
locally.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data When such a dashboard is sent out to a Viewer, it is limited to the data contained in the document
Creating PrismCubed Applications
itself. To allow Viewers to synchronize with source data thus having their dashboards present up-to-
date data all the time, you will need to add the Synchronize Data Source button to the dashboard.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security The Synchronize Data Source button allows you to place new source data in a shared location (a
Sharing, Distribution and Security shared folder on the network, for example) and have Viewers synchronize the dashboard with that
Managing Contacts (Users) data.
Distributing Read-Only Dashboards
Applying User Permissions to a Dashbo
Including Database Login Credentials w
Including Custom Filters and Measures
To create a Synchronize Data Source button, drag it from the Actions group in the
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize with S Widgets Pane.
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

To define the Data Sources the button will synchronize, simply right-click the button,
navigate to the Data Sources to Synchronize menu and select the desired Data Sources.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/ctSynchronize.aspx[12/21/2009 8:05:09 PM]


Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With Source Data

To invoke a full document refresh after synchronization is complete, make sure the
Refresh Entire Document option is enabled.

See Also
The Widgets Pane

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/ctSynchronize.aspx[12/21/2009 8:05:09 PM]


Manage Package Users

Existing Customer Register

Search

Manage Package Users


See Also
Table of Contents
Allowing users to view the dashboards created is done from the Manage Packages page. Login to
Introduction
your sisense.com account and then go to Manage Packages page, click on the package you want to
What's New In PrismCubed?
manage.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data The Package Settings page hold all options to add users to your package and manage there
Creating PrismCubed Applications
permissions.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and Add New User -Type in the email of the user you would like to add and click on Add New User.
Sharing, Distribution and Security A new form will pop up with all details you need to add for this user.
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Managing Contacts (Users) Author/Viewer - Set one of this roles to allow user to Edit (Author) or view (Viewer) the
Distributing Read-Only Dashboards dashboard create by an author in this account.
Applying User Permissions to a Dashbo
Including Database Login Credentials w
Remove - Removing a user will remove this user from the package and set it with a new free
Including Custom Filters and Measures
package, this user wont be able to open this package dashboards again.
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize with S
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets You can invite Free users from a different package, this type of user will be moved to your
PrismFAQ package.

See Also
Sharing, Distribution and Security

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/ctManage_package_users.aspx[12/21/2009 8:05:20 PM]


Exporting Widgets to Excel

Existing Customer Register

Search

Exporting Widgets to Excel


See Also
Table of Contents
To export a Widget to Excel, add the Export to Excel action from the Widgets Pane. See The
Introduction
Export to Excel Button for details.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications To export a Pivot Table to Excel, click on the properties button and navigate to Export To Excel.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Exporting Dashboards to PDF
Exporting Widgets to Excel
Exporting Widgets as Image
Exporting the Data Behind a Widget
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Option Description
All Cells Exports all rows and values
Grouped Uses one value to reference a Member when it appears multiple times consecutively
Merged Merges adjacent cells that reference the same Member
Export Begins the export process

For example, consider the following pivot:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldExporting/ctExcel.aspx[12/21/2009 8:05:51 PM]


Exporting Widgets to Excel

All Cells Export:

Grouped Export:

Merged Export:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldExporting/ctExcel.aspx[12/21/2009 8:05:51 PM]


Exporting Widgets to Excel

See Also
The Widgets Pane

Exporting Dashboards to PDF

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldExporting/ctExcel.aspx[12/21/2009 8:05:51 PM]


What are Pivot Tables?

Existing Customer Register

Search

What are Pivot Tables?


See Also
Table of Contents
Pivot Tables are a powerful reporting tool that let you organize data in a summarized fashion.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start To learn how to create a Pivot Table widget, see Adding a Pivot Table.
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
Formatting and Layout
Examples
Adding Sub-totals and Grand totals
Adding a Calculated Field Consider the following raw data:
Adding Quick Date/Time Formulas
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and Colum
Product Customer Sales
Creating a Chart From a Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs) Shirt John 10
Selectors Shirt Mary 20
Calendar Daily Indicator Pants John 30
Rich Text Box
Pants Mary 40
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

Possible Pivot Tables from this data are:

[Product] [Sum Sales] [Avergage Sales] [Count Customers]


Shirt 30 {10+20} 15 {(10+20)/2} 2
Pants 70 {30+40} 35 {(30+40)/2} 2

[Customer] [Sum Sales] [Avergage Sales] [Count Products]

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctWhatIsPivot.aspx[12/21/2009 8:06:18 PM]


What are Pivot Tables?

John 40 {10+30} 20 {(10+30)/2} 2


Mary 60 {20+40} 30 {(20+40)/2} 2

See Also
Binding Pivot Tables to Data

Sorting Fields

Filtering Fields

Changing Field Colors and Fonts

Changing Field Value Formats (Currency, Percent, etc)

Date/Time Formatting

Renaming Fields

Auto Widget and Auto Height

Adding Sub-Totals and Grand Totals

Adding Calculated Fields

Adding Quick Formulas

Switching Between Rows and Columns

Adding In-Cell Data Bars

Creating a Chart From a Pivot Table

Exporting a Pivot Table to Excel

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctWhatIsPivot.aspx[12/21/2009 8:06:18 PM]


What are Single Value Indicators?

Existing Customer Register

Search

What are Single Value Indicators?


See Also
Table of Contents
Single Value Indicators that visualize a single value. Some indicators allow configuration of colored
Introduction
range thresholds, to better visualize when the indicator value is between pre-defined limits.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security Round Scale
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
Rectangular Scale
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
What are Single Value Indicators?
Binding Single Value Indicators to D
Round Scale Indicator
Rectangular Scale Indicator
Round Numeric
Round Numeric Indicator
Rectangular Numeric Indicator
Round Led Light Indicator
Traffic Light Indicator
Rectangular Numeric
Configuring Indicator Threadholds
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Round Led Light
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

Traffic Light

See Also
Round Scale Indicator

Rectangle Scale Indicator

Round Numeric Indicator

Rectangle Numeric Indicator

Round Led Light Indicator

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctKPIs.aspx[12/21/2009 8:06:31 PM]


What are Single Value Indicators?

Traffic Light Indicator

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctKPIs.aspx[12/21/2009 8:06:31 PM]


What are Selectors?

Existing Customer Register

Search

What are Selectors?


See Also
Table of Contents
Selectors are Widgets that are used to make selections that affect queries in other Widgets.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications Members Picker (Drop Down List)
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
What are Selectors?
Binding Selectors to Data
Members Picker (Drop Down List)
Date Picker
Date Range Picker Date Picker
Text Search
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

Date Range Picker

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldSelectors/ctWhatAreSelectors.aspx[12/21/2009 8:06:41 PM]


What are Selectors?

Text Search

See Also
Binding Selectors to Data
Members Picker (Drop Down List)
Date Picker
Date Range Picker
Text Search
Connecting a Widget to Another Widget

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldSelectors/ctWhatAreSelectors.aspx[12/21/2009 8:06:41 PM]


Calendar Daily Indicator

Existing Customer Register

Search

Calendar Daily Indicator


See Also
Table of Contents
Calendar Daily indicators are used to visualize values on a daily basis, using pre-defined thresholds.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
To set thresholds and colors, see Configuring Indicator Thresholds.
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator See Also
Rich Text Box The Widgets Pane
Images
Panels
Binding Selectors to Data
PrismFAQ

Configuring Indicator Thresholds

Connecting a Widget to Another Widget

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/ctCalendar.aspx[12/21/2009 8:06:54 PM]


Rich Text Box

Existing Customer Register

Search

Rich Text Box


See Also
Table of Contents
Rich Text Boxes are used to add formatted text to a dashboard.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
To edit text: Double click the text box and type in the new text.
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets To change text colors: Select the relevant text and use the Text Color < > button in the
Overview main application toolbar.
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors To change the color of the background: Select a color from the Fill Color Menu < > in
Calendar Daily Indicator the main application toolbar.
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

To change the color of the border: Select a color from the Border Color Menu < > in
the main application toolbar.

To align the value text to the left, right or center: Click the corresponding Align Left <

>, Align Right < > or Align Center < > button in the main application toolbar.

To change font type and style: Select the relevant text and use the Fonts area in the main
application toolbar.

See Also
The Widgets Pane

Formatting and Layout

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/ctRichTextBox.aspx[12/21/2009 8:07:07 PM]


Rich Text Box

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/ctRichTextBox.aspx[12/21/2009 8:07:07 PM]


Images

Existing Customer Register

Search

Images
See Also
Table of Contents
Image Widgets are used to add images to a dashboard.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table More options are available in the Properties menu:
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

Option Description
Load Image Specify the path for the image
Reload Image Reload the image from the specified path
Edit Tooltip Text Add tooltip text that will appear when the mouse hovers over the image

See Also
The Widgets Pane

Formatting and Layout

Home

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/ctImage.aspx[12/21/2009 8:07:22 PM]


Images

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/ctImage.aspx[12/21/2009 8:07:22 PM]


Panels

Existing Customer Register

Search

Panels
See Also
Table of Contents
Panels are used to add additional formatting and layout to a dashboard, such as frames and colored
Introduction
areas.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator See Also
Rich Text Box The Widgets Pane
Images
Panels Formatting and Layout
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/ctPanels.aspx[12/21/2009 8:07:35 PM]


ElastiCubes - Technical Overview

Existing Customer Register

Search

ElastiCubes - Technical Overview


Relational databases (RDBMS) like SQL Server, Oracle, MySQL and even Access all store tabular data row-by-row. This
Table of Contents
structure is best for transactional/operational systems that require large numbers of concurrent insertions. With indexes, it
Introduction can also provide realistic query response times for row-based queries that do not frequently require aggregations or joining
What's New In PrismCubed? of many tables.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources? Data analysis often requires aggregation of data as well as merging of data located in multiple disparate tables. When
Before You Create a Data Source dealing with these types of queries, relational databases reach their limits pretty quickly. The only way to extend these
The Data Sources Selection List limits are by putting in stronger hardware and pre-aggregating data to reduce the amounts of calculations that occur in real
Creating Live Data Sources time.
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
The ElastiCube Columnar Database
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
ElastiCube data is held in a Columnar Database Managment System (CDBMS) that stores data field-by-field. Each field is
The ElastiCube Project Manag
individually stored in a memory-mapped file, the same mechanism the Windows operating system pagefile uses for memory
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
dumping and loading.
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
When a query is executed over an ElastiCube, only fields referenced in the query need to be loaded into memory. This
ElastiCube Performance Tips
leaves enough space for actually processing the query entirely in memory without any read/write to the hard-drive - the
Changing Connection Properties
prime reason for poor performance of queries. Once a field is no longer used, it is removed from memory and its consumed
Adding\Removing a Data Source
space is released.
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
This approach has several advantages:
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security 1. Query response time: queries over data sets containing millions of rows of data return in seconds even under
Exporting modest hardware configurations such as desktop computers
Widgets 2. Materialization time: ElastiCubes do not require pre-aggregations and/or creation of indexes to assure fast query
PrismFAQ response, therefore the actual creation of an ElastiCube takes a fraction of the time of a data mart or an OLAP cube
3. Storage space: Pre-aggregations and and creation indexes are not needed to assure fast query response, making
an ElastiCube's size significantly smaller than a datamart or an OLAP cube

Technical Considerations
ElastiCube technology is most reliant on the following hardware specifications:

1. 32/64-bit Operating System: ElastiCubes work both under 32-bit and 64-bit Windows environments (different
installations are required). Because ElastiCubes use memory-mapped files, the total size of an ElastiCube is limited to
approximately the size of addressable memory: 4GB under 32-bit and (4GB)^2 under 64-bit.
2. The amount of free RAM: ElastiCubes are designed for in-memory processing of queries. The more available RAM
exists, the better..
3. The number of CPUs and CPU cores: ElastiCubes utilize multi-core/multi-CPU configurations to achieve parallel
processing.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctecTechnology.aspx[12/21/2009 8:07:47 PM]


ElastiCubes - Technical Overview

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctecTechnology.aspx[12/21/2009 8:07:47 PM]


The ElastiCube Project Manager

Existing Customer Register

Search

The ElastiCube Project Manager


See Also
Table of Contents
The ElastiCube Project Manager is the main tool for creating ElastiCubes. It can be activated from the Data->Open
Introduction ElastiCube Manager top menu or from the Windows start menu.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
It is made up of several sections:
The ElastiCube Project Manager
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Project
Abacus ElastiCube Server Section Description
Managing ElastiCube Servers Main Toolbar Container of the main actions to be performed inside the ElastiCube Manager
ElastiCube Performance Tips ElastiCube Editor The visual environment for creating/modifying ElastiCube project files
Changing Connection Properties
File Tab-strip A multi-tabbed area allowing access to all open ElastiCube files
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Build Log Pane A window showing ElastiCube build logs
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctECubeManager.aspx[12/21/2009 8:08:00 PM]


The ElastiCube Project Manager

FILE
New Create a new ElastiCube file
Open Open an existing ElastiCube file
Save Save the active ElastiCube file
Save As Save the active ElastiCube file under a different name
Recent Files Open a recently used ElastiCube file

ADD DATA
SQL Server Add tables/views from SQL Server
Oracle Add tables/views from Oracle
MySQL Add tables/views from MySQL
Microsoft Access Add tables/views from a Microsoft Access database
Microsoft Excel Add tables from an Excel workbooks
CSV file Add tables from delimited text files

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctECubeManager.aspx[12/21/2009 8:08:00 PM]


The ElastiCube Project Manager

BUILD
Build Build changes made to the ElastiCube, will not import data that was
already imported
Build and Synchronize Builds the entire ElastiCube, including import new data for all tables
Change Connectivity Change the connectivity settings for the source data
Settings
Scheduled Build Define scheduled builds
Settings

LAYOUT
Arranges the tables on the screen

SERVERS
Create and manage connections to ElastiCube servers

See Also
Creating an ElastiCube Project
Building an ElastiCube
The Abacus ElastiCube Server Manager

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctECubeManager.aspx[12/21/2009 8:08:00 PM]


Local and Shared ElastiCubes

Existing Customer Register

Search

Local and Shared ElastiCubes


ElastiCubes can run both on a local desktop machine and a centralized server accessible by multiple concurrent users.
Table of Contents
ElastiCubes can be seamlessly moved from a local machine to a server machine and vice versa.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Shared ElastiCube Architecture
Before You Start In a shared ElastiCube architecture, ElastiCubes service multiple concurrent users. In this case, the Abacus ElastiCube
Managing Data Sources Server module needs to be installed on the server machine. The ElastiCubes on the server are usually set to import new
What are Data Sources? data on a scheduled basis, usually when end-users do not access the ElastiCubes.
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets Local ElastiCube Architecture
PrismFAQ Local ElastiCube architecture is often used in two scenarios:

1. A single user creating ElastiCubes on their own computer to perform personal analysis
2. A developer creating ElastiCubes locally for testing and debugging purposes, prior to setting up the ElastiCube on a
production server.

ElastiCubes created on a local server can be easily moved to an ElastiCube server by exporting the ElastiCube data on the
local computer and importing it on the server.

When no server exists and sharing of ElastiCubes is required, the ElastiCube data can be exported and placed on an
accessible shared storage resource, from which other users can import it into their own local server.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctLocalAndShared.aspx[12/21/2009 8:08:12 PM]


ElastiCube Project Files (*.ecube)

Existing Customer Register

Search

ElastiCube Project Files (*.ecube)


See Also
Table of Contents
ElastiCube project files (*.ecube) are a collection of table definitions and scripts that are executed to create an
Introduction ElastiCube. The ElastiCube Project Editor provides an intuitive visual environment for generating the low level actions
What's New In PrismCubed? required to physically build the ElastiCube.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
-To create a new ElastiCube project file, navigate to File->New ElastiCube File
Before You Create a Data Source
-To open an existing ElastiCube project file, navigate to File->Open ElastiCube File
The Data Sources Selection List
-To save an ElastiCube project file, navigate to File->Save
Creating Live Data Sources -To save an ElastiCube project file under a different name, navigate to File->Save as
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
The ElastiCube Project Manager The name of the file is shown in its respective tab. This name will also determine the name of the ElastiCube once it

Local and Shared ElastiCubes


is built.

Creating an ElastiCube Project


ElastiCube Project Files (*.ecube)
Tables, Fields and Relationships
Building and Deploying ElastiCub
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/ctElastiCubeFiles.aspx[12/21/2009 8:08:25 PM]


ElastiCube Project Files (*.ecube)

See Also
Defining ElastiCube Table Elements
Relationships and Merged Fields
Adding Custom Fields to Table Elements
Changing Source Table Connectivity Settings

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/ctElastiCubeFiles.aspx[12/21/2009 8:08:25 PM]


Abacus ElastiCube Server Manager

Existing Customer Register

Search

Abacus ElastiCube Server Manager


See Also
Table of Contents
ElastiCubes are loaded inside the Abacus ElastiCube Server environment. The ElastiCube Server Manager,
Introduction accessible from the main Windows taskbar tray icon, provides server management and maintenance functionality.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Bring up the main functionality menu by right-clicking the tray icon.
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
The ElastiCube Project Manager
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Project
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Abacus ElastiCube Server Manag
Importing and Exporting ElastiCu
Attaching and Detaching an Elast
Changing the ElastiCube Data Dir
Deleting an ElastiCube
Starting and Stopping an ElastiCu
Viewing ElastiCube Size and Prop
Stopping the ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
See Also
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Importing and Export ElastiCube Data
Changing Connection Properties
Attaching and Detaching an ElastiCube Directory
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Changing the ElastiCube Data Directory
Browsing Data
Deleting an ElastiCube
Creating PrismCubed Applications Starting and Stopping an ElastiCube
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters Viewing ElastiCube Size and Properties
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and Stopping the ElastiCube Server
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctServerManager/ctservermanager.aspx[12/21/2009 8:08:36 PM]


Managing ElastiCube Servers

Existing Customer Register

Search

Managing ElastiCube Servers


Table of Contents Servers can be managed from the Servers item in the ElastiCube Project Manager's toolbar. In here, you
can:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Add/Remove Abacus ElastiCube Servers from the list
Before You Start
View schemas for each individual ElastiCubes
Managing Data Sources
Delete ElastiCubes
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctmanageserver.aspx[12/21/2009 8:08:47 PM]


ElastiCube Performance Tips

Existing Customer Register

Search

ElastiCube Performance Tips


Table of Contents Text Fields

Introduction
Compared to other data types, text fields take up more processing time and memory. When working with text fields,
consider the following:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start 1. Disabling the Descriptive property: doing this will force the ElastiCube build process to create and index table,
Managing Data Sources replacing the text values with integers that are the best in terms of performance and size.
What are Data Sources? 2. Limit the size of the field: when a field contain text values with a limited maximum size, be sure to set this value as the
Before You Create a Data Source field's size property.
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting Floating-Point Fields
Widgets Floating point fields do not perform as well as Int fields. If a field is of one of the floating point types (decimal, float, real) but
PrismFAQ all values are actually integers (1.00, 2.00, etc), change the field's data type to Int or BigInt to achieve best performance.

Import Only Required Fields


When you do need a particular field or fields, do not import it and save both build time and storage size. When a field's
Visible property is set to false, it is not imported.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctperftips.aspx[12/21/2009 8:09:04 PM]


Building an ElastiCube

Existing Customer Register

Search

Building an ElastiCube
See Also
Table of Contents
Building is the process where the ElastiCube is materialized. The build process goes over the tables, fields and
Introduction relationships defined in the ElastiCube project and materializes the ElastiCube accordingly.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
To build an ElastiCube project, navigate to the Build tool bar item:
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
The ElastiCube Project Manager
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Project
ElastiCube Project Files (*.ecube)
Tables, Fields and Relationships
Building and Deploying ElastiCub
Building an ElastiCube
Scheduled Builds
Abacus ElastiCube Server
There are two build options available:
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Build: Only builds changes made to the ElastiCube since it was last built. This process does not
Changing Connection Properties
import data for tables for which data already exists in the ElastiCube.
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications Build & Synchronize: Builds the entire ElastiCube from the ground up, including importing of
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters data for all ElastiCube tables.
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting Selecting one of the build options will bring up the Build Settings window:
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldBuildECube/ctbuildec.aspx[12/21/2009 8:09:19 PM]


Building an ElastiCube

Build Location
The ElastiCube can be built on any Abacus ElastiCube Server instance. Choosing 'Local' will build the ElastiCube on
the server instance installed on the local machine. To build an ElastiCube on a remote server, specify the server
name. If you have yet to create a connection to the remote server, you can do so by clicking the Add Server button.

Building with Sample Data

It is also possible to limit the number of rows fetched from each source table. This is very useful
when you only wish to build the ElastiCube for debugging purposes and you prefer not to wait for
the entire data to be imported. To do so, enable the sample data checkbox and specify the number
of rows to import.

Scheduled Build

To have the build process repeated automatically on a scheduled basis, click on the Set
Synchronization Scheduling button and follow instructions.

See Also

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldBuildECube/ctbuildec.aspx[12/21/2009 8:09:19 PM]


Filtering the Entire Sheet and/or Specific Widgets

Existing Customer Register

Search

Filtering the Entire Sheet and/or Specific Widgets


Widget selections can be configured to filter all widgets on the sheet, as well as filter specific widgets only. These settings
Table of Contents
can be modified from the Widget Interconnectivty button in the Widget Toolbar:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orie
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Glo
Widget Selections
Filtering the Entire Sheet and/
The Global Scope Indicator
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicatio
Refreshing Documents, Sheets an
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
Recovering Documents from Bac When a Widget is set to "Affects Global Scope", selections made in it will filter all widgets set to "Affected
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte by Global Scope".
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Disabling the "Affected by Global Scope" option allows you to place widgets that are isolated from global
Exporting
selections. You can have these widgets filtered by selections in specific widgets by navigating to the
Widgets
"Available Widgets" menu and selecting the appropriate filtering widget.
PrismFAQ

When setting a widget to specifically filter another, the two widgets may be bound to data from
different data sources. However, this is only true if the filtering widget is bound to dimensions
that also exist in the data source the filtered widget is bound to. If you are unable to set a
widget to filter another widget, this means one of the following:

1. The data source for the filtered widget does not contain dimensions with the same name
as those bound to the filtering widget. In this case, rename the dimensions in one of the
data sources to match the names of those in the other.
2. The dimensions do not contain the same type of data (numbers and text, for example). In
order to be able to perform this the dimensions in both data sources must be of the same
type.
3. Widgets bound to OLAP data sources cannot only set to filter widgets that are bound to
other OLAP data sources. The dimensions in this case must be identical, i.e derived from
the same source field.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldWidgetInterconnect/ctglobalscope.aspx[12/21/2009 8:09:33 PM]


Filtering the Entire Sheet and/or Specific Widgets

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldWidgetInterconnect/ctglobalscope.aspx[12/21/2009 8:09:33 PM]


Supported Versions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Supported Versions
Table of Contents - The Analysis Services 2000 connector supports Analysis Services 2000 only.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
- The Analysis Services 2005 connector supports Analysis Services 2005 and higher.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
Connecting to a Microsoft
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Cha
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldolap/ctVersion.aspx[12/21/2009 8:09:46 PM]


Prerequisites

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prerequisites
Table of Contents Analysis Services 2000 requires the following components:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
- Microsoft AdoMD.Net 9.0
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources - OLE DB 8.0
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source - Microsoft XML 6.0
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
MySQL
Analysis Services 2005 and higher requires the following components:
Analysis Services (OLAP)
Connecting to a Microsoft - Microsoft AdoMD.Net 9.0
Supported Versions
Prerequisites - OLE DB 8.0
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Cha
- Microsoft XML 6.0
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data If not installed, you will be prompted to install these components when you try to connect to Analysis
Creating PrismCubed Applications Services.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
You can download them from Here
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldolap/ctPrerequisites.aspx[12/21/2009 8:09:58 PM]


Overview

Existing Customer Register

Search

Overview
See Also
Table of Contents
There are three common scenarios where Data Sources need to be modified:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources? - New fields were added at the source.
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
- Field names were changed at the source.
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
- Fields were removed at the source.
Oracle
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes See Also
Dealing With Data Source Changes
Adding a New Dimension to an Existing Data Source
Overview
Adding a New Dimension to an E
Mapping Existing Dimensions to New Fields
Mapping Existing Dimension to N
Broken Dimensions
Creating Imported Data Sources Broken Dimensions
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/flddatasourcechanges/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:10:08 PM]


Supported Versions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Supported Versions
Table of Contents - The Analysis Services 2000 connector supports Analysis Services 2000 only.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
- The Analysis Services 2005 connector supports Analysis Services 2005 and higher.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMSOlap/ctVersion.aspx[12/21/2009 8:10:21 PM]


Prerequisites

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prerequisites
Table of Contents Analysis Services 2000 - 2008 requires the following components:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
x86 prerequisites
Managing Data Sources Microsoft Core XML Services (MSXML) 6.0
Browsing Data Download site (Microsoft)
Creating PrismCubed Applications Microsoft ADOMD.NET
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte X86 Package (SQLServer2005_ADOMD.msi) - 3330 KB
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Analysis Services 9.0 OLE DB Provider
Exporting X86 Package (SQLServer2005_ASOLEDB9.msi) - 12160 KB
Widgets
PrismFAQ
x64 prerequisites

Microsoft Core XML Services (MSXML) 6.0


Download site (Microsoft)
Microsoft ADOMD.NET
X64 Package (SQLServer2005_ADOMD_x64.msi) - 5465 KB
Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Analysis Services 9.0 OLE DB Provider
X64 Package (SQLServer2005_ASOLEDB9_x64.msi) - 27981 KB

If not installed, you will be prompted to install these components when you try to connect to Analysis
Services.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMSOlap/ctPrerequisites.aspx[12/21/2009 8:10:33 PM]


Supported Versions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Supported Versions
Table of Contents - The SQL Server 2000 connector supports SQL Server 2000 only.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
- The SQL Server 2005 connector supports SQL Server 2005 and higher.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Connecting to a Microsoft
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
Oracle
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Cha
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldMsSql/ctSqlServerVersions_copy1.aspx[12/21/2009 8:10:47 PM]


Prerequisites

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prerequisites
None.
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Connecting to a Microsoft
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
Oracle
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Cha
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldMsSql/ctSqlServerPrerequisites_copy1.aspx[12/21/2009 8:10:58 PM]


Supported Versions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Supported Versions
Table of Contents - The SQL Server 2000 connector supports SQL Server 2000 only.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
- The SQL Server 2005 connector supports SQL Server 2005 and higher.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMsSql/ctSqlServerVersions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:11:11 PM]


Prerequisites

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prerequisites
None.
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMsSql/ctSqlServerPrerequisites.aspx[12/21/2009 8:11:24 PM]


Supported Versions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Supported Versions
Table of Contents - Excel 2000-2003 (xls)

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
- Excel 2007 (xlsx)
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
Microsoft Excel
Importing a Microsoft Exce
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
Text (CSV) Files
Google Spreadsheets
Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Stor
Handling Import Errors
Managing Imported Data Sou
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldexcel/ctVersions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:11:35 PM]


Prerequisites

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prerequisites
Table of Contents - Excel 2000-2003: None.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
- Excel 2007: Microsoft Office 2007 must be installed on the local machine.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
Microsoft Excel
Importing a Microsoft Exce
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
Text (CSV) Files
Google Spreadsheets
Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Stor
Handling Import Errors
Managing Imported Data Sou
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldexcel/ctPrerequisites.aspx[12/21/2009 8:11:46 PM]


Handling Import Errors

Existing Customer Register

Search

Handling Import Errors


Table of Contents When importing data, the values in each field must be of the same type as defined on the field. For
example, if a field is set to a numeric type and one of the values in this field is ‘I am not a number’, it
Introduction
cannot be imported.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source In such situations, you will see the Synchronization Errors window:
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
Microsoft Excel
Text (CSV) Files
Google Spreadsheets
Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Stor
Handling Import Errors
Managing Imported Data Sou
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ
This window lists all the values that could not be converted to the type specified by the field. At this
point, you have three alternatives:

Retry Allows for fixing the problematic values at the source and retrying the import process
Skip All Rows that contain problematic values will not be imported
Cancel Abort the process

Here are some scenarios where this could happen:

Problem A Date/Time field contains a textual or numeric value that cannot be converted to a
valid date or time
Resolution Check the source data and make sure the value is indeed a date/time. If the value is
textual and appears to be valid, make sure you specified the correct culture in the import

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/ctImportErrors.aspx[12/21/2009 8:11:57 PM]


Handling Import Errors

configuration window. This culture information is used to parse the values according to
the formats commonly used in that corresponding region.

Problem A numeric field contains a textual value that cannot be converted to a real number
Resolution Check the source data and make sure the value is indeed a numeric. If the value is
textual and appears to be valid, make sure you specified the correct culture in the import
configuration window. This culture information is used to parse the values according the
formats commonly used in that corresponding region.

This often occurs when trying to import Excel file, because they are unstructured and allow
mixing of values of different types in the same field. Make sure the field types are correct
before trying to import.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/ctImportErrors.aspx[12/21/2009 8:11:57 PM]


Overview

Existing Customer Register

Search

Overview
See Also
Table of Contents
Raw data for Imported Data Sources is maintained locally in Prism's in-memory database. This raw
Introduction
data can be replaced, appended to or deleted.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source Common scenarios:
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
- Replace: Dashboards created over Excel or CSV files, for which entirely new data is available
Creating Imported Data Sources periodically.
Microsoft Excel
Text (CSV) Files
Google Spreadsheets
Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Storage Se
Handling Import Errors - Append: Dashboards created over Excel or CSV files, for which new data needs to be
Managing Imported Data Source Co
aggregated on top of existing data (aggregated monthly dashboards, created over weekly data)
Overview
Replacing Local Data Source Con
Appending New Content to a Dat
Deleting Data Source Content
The Synchronization Time and De
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source See Also
Browsing Data Local Data Sources and Live Data Sources
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters Replacing Data Source Content With New Data
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Appending New Data to a Data Source
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ
Deleting Data Source Content

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldimportcontent/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:12:08 PM]


Supported Versions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Supported Versions
Table of Contents - Excel 2000-2003 (xls)

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
- Excel 2007 (xlsx)
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldExcel/ctVersions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:12:23 PM]


Prerequisites

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prerequisites
Table of Contents - Excel 2000-2003: None.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
- Excel 2007: Microsoft Office 2007 must be installed on the local machine.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldExcel/ctPrerequisites.aspx[12/21/2009 8:12:50 PM]


Handling Import Errors

Existing Customer Register

Search

Handling Import Errors


Table of Contents When importing data, the values in each field must be of the same type as defined on the field. For
example, if a field is set to a numeric type and one of the values in this field is ‘I am not a number’, it
Introduction
cannot be imported.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications In such situations, you will see the Synchronization Errors window:
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

This window lists all the values that could not be converted to the type specified by the field. At this
point, you have three alternatives:

Retry Allows for fixing the problematic values at the source and retrying the import process
Skip All Rows that contain problematic values will not be imported
Cancel Abort the process

Here are some scenarios where this could happen:

Problem A Date/Time field contains a textual or numeric value that cannot be converted to a
valid date or time
Resolution Check the source data and make sure the value is indeed a date/time. If the value is
textual and appears to be valid, make sure you specified the correct culture in the import

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctImportErrors.aspx[12/21/2009 8:13:09 PM]


Handling Import Errors

configuration window. This culture information is used to parse the values according to
the formats commonly used in that corresponding region.

Problem A numeric field contains a textual value that cannot be converted to a real number
Resolution Check the source data and make sure the value is indeed a numeric. If the value is
textual and appears to be valid, make sure you specified the correct culture in the import
configuration window. This culture information is used to parse the values according the
formats commonly used in that corresponding region.

This often occurs when trying to import Excel file, because they are unstructured and allow
mixing of values of different types in the same field. Make sure the field types are correct
before trying to import.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctImportErrors.aspx[12/21/2009 8:13:09 PM]


Supported Versions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Supported Versions
ElastiCubes are supported starting from version 2.0
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Connecting to an ElastiCub
Supported Versions
Dealing With Data Source Cha
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldelasticubes/ctelastcubeversions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:13:25 PM]


Supported Versions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Supported Versions
Oracle 9i and higher.
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
Connecting to an Oracle T
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Cha
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldoracle/ctOracleVersions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:13:43 PM]


Prerequisites

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prerequisites
Table of Contents Requires the installation of Oracle client components.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
You will be prompted for this installation when you first try to connect to an Oracle server.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source You can also download and extract the following zip file into prism install directory: Download
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
Connecting to an Oracle T
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Cha
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldoracle/ctPrerequisites.aspx[12/21/2009 8:13:59 PM]


Supported Versions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Supported Versions
Oracle 9i and higher.
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldOracle/ctOracleVersions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:14:18 PM]


Prerequisites

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prerequisites
Table of Contents Requires the installation of Oracle client components.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
You will be prompted for this installation when you first try to connect to an Oracle server.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications You can also download and extract the following zip file into prism install directory: Download
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldOracle/ctPrerequisites.aspx[12/21/2009 8:14:36 PM]


Supported Versions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Supported Versions
MySQL 5.0 and higher.
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
MySQL
Connecting to a MySQL Ta
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Cha
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldmysql/ctVersions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:14:55 PM]


Prerequisites

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prerequisites
None.
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
MySQL
Connecting to a MySQL Ta
Supported Versions
Prerequisites
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Cha
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/fldmysql/ctPrerequisites.aspx[12/21/2009 8:15:14 PM]


Supported Versions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Supported Versions
MySQL 5.0 and higher.
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMySQL/ctVersions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:15:27 PM]


Prerequisites

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prerequisites
None.
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMySQL/ctPrerequisites.aspx[12/21/2009 8:15:41 PM]


Supported Versions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Supported Versions
Table of Contents - Microsoft Access 2003 (mdb)

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
- Microsoft Access 2007 (accdb)
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldAccess/ctVersions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:15:53 PM]


Prerequisites

Existing Customer Register

Search

Prerequisites
Table of Contents Requires Microsoft Data Connectivity Components for Office 2007.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
These components are installed automatically when installing Office 2007. If you are using an earlier
version of office, you may get a message similar to the following:
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte "Microsoft.ACE.OELDB.12.0' is not registered on the local machine"
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
In this case, you can download these components from the following link:
PrismFAQ

http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=7554F536-8C28-4598-9B72-
EF94E038C891&displaylang=en

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldAccess/ctPrerequisites.aspx[12/21/2009 8:16:05 PM]


The Widgets Pane

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Widgets Pane


Table of Contents The Widgets pane contains all the Widgets you can use in your document. Bring up the Widgets pane by
clicking on the Widgets tab, at the bottom left of the main application window.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orie
Adding Widgets
Overview
The Widgets Pane
The Widget Data Editor
Binding Widgets to Data
Adding a Pivot Table
Adding a Chart
Adding Single Value Indicator
Adding Input Selection Widge
Adding Text Boxes, Images an
Widget Interconnectivity and Glo
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicatio
Refreshing Documents, Sheets an
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
Recovering Documents from Bac
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ The Widgets are categorized in the following groups:

Group Description
Grids Pivots and tables
Common Charts Standard charts
Indicators Single value Widgets
Selection Widgets used to change selection
Special Charts Special types of charts
Actions Pre-defined actions

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctTheWidgetsPane.aspx[12/21/2009 8:16:20 PM]


The Widgets Pane

To create a new Widget, drag-and-drop the Widget directly onto the sheet, or double-click on it.

To open/close a Widget group, click on the group header.

Some Widgets can also be created by right-clicking an empty space on the sheet and
navigating to the ‘New’ menu.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctTheWidgetsPane.aspx[12/21/2009 8:16:20 PM]


The Widget Data Editor

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Widget Data Editor


Table of Contents Binding data to Widgets is done via the Widget Data Editor, which is placed immediately underneath the
Data Browser.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orie
Adding Widgets
Overview
The Widgets Pane
The Widget Data Editor
Binding Widgets to Data
Adding a Pivot Table
Adding a Chart
Adding Single Value Indicator
Adding Input Selection Widge
Adding Text Boxes, Images an
Widget Interconnectivity and Glo
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicatio
Refreshing Documents, Sheets an
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
Recovering Documents from Bac
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

The Widget Data Editor is made up of the following components:

Data Panels

Data that is dropped from the Data Browser onto these panels indicate what data the Widget will show
and how it should be laid out within the Widget. Different Widgets may contain different configurations of
data panels.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctTheWidgetDataEditor.aspx[12/21/2009 8:16:31 PM]


The Widget Data Editor

Pivot Tables

Charts

Single Value Indicators

Update Button

Updates the Widgets with the Data Editor’s current data layout by querying the Data Source.

Auto Update Checkbox

When this option is enabled, every change made to the Widget Data Editor will immediately execute a
query and refresh the Widget.

To make more room for the Data Browser, if you need it, the Widget Data Editor can be hidden
by clicking the < > button. To reshow the editor, click the < > button.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctTheWidgetDataEditor.aspx[12/21/2009 8:16:31 PM]


Binding Widgets to Data

Existing Customer Register

Search

Binding Widgets to Data


Table of Contents Basic Functionality

Introduction When a Widget is selected, the Widget Data Editor will load up with the data configuration appropriate to
What's New In PrismCubed? that Widget. If there is already data bound to the Widget, it will show in the editor.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orie
Adding Widgets
Overview
The Widgets Pane
The Widget Data Editor
Binding Widgets to Data
Adding a Pivot Table
Adding a Chart
Adding Single Value Indicator - To add a Dimension or Measure to a panel, drag it from the Data Browser and drop it onto the
Adding Input Selection Widge appropriate panel.
Adding Text Boxes, Images an
Widget Interconnectivity and Glo - To reposition a Dimension within a panel, click on the Dimension/Measure and reposition it
Formatting and Layout while the left mouse button is clicked.
Adding Features to an Applicatio
Refreshing Documents, Sheets an - To move a Dimension or Measure from one panel to another, drag it from the original
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize panel and drop it onto the new panel.
Recovering Documents from Bac
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
- To remove a Dimension from a panel, right-click on the dimension and click ‘Remove’.
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
- To clear a panel, right click and select ‘Clear'.
Widgets
PrismFAQ - To filter a Dimension, right-click the Dimension and click ‘Filter’.

Replace, Union, Intersect and Exclude

Dropping a Dimension/Filter onto a panel that already contains data from that Dimension will bring up
several options:

- Replace the existing data with the new data.

- Union the new data with the existing data.

- Intersect new data with the existing data.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctBindingWidgetsToData.aspx[12/21/2009 8:16:41 PM]


Binding Widgets to Data

- Exclude the new data from the existing data.

Creating Measures from a Dimension

Dropping a Dimension onto the Measures panel, will bring up the quick Measure creation menu.
Selecting one of the aggregation types will automatically add a Measure with the specified aggregation on
the dropped dimension.

Applying Scope on a Measure

When a Measure exists in the Measure's panel, you can restrict the results to a given scope by right-
clicking on it and navigating to 'Apply Scope'.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctBindingWidgetsToData.aspx[12/21/2009 8:16:41 PM]


Binding Widgets to Data

Unless the ‘Auto Update’ checkbox is checked, changes will only take affect after clicking
Update. If the Widget loses focus (is unselected) before the Update button is clicked, changes
will be lost.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctBindingWidgetsToData.aspx[12/21/2009 8:16:41 PM]


Adding a Pivot Table

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding a Pivot Table


See Also
Table of Contents
Pivot tables are one of the most useful Widgets for visualizing data. They allow you to quickly
Introduction
summarize and analyze large amounts of data, independent from the original data layout.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Add a Pivot by dragging it from the Widget Pane or by right-clicking an empty area on the sheet
Browsing Data and navigating to New->Pivot.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Overview
The Widgets Pane
The Widget Data Editor
Binding Widgets to Data
Adding a Pivot Table
Adding a Chart
Adding Single Value Indicators
Adding Input Selection Widgets
The Widget Data Editor configuration for a Pivot contains four panels:
Adding Text Boxes, Images and Pane
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Rows Panel: Defines Members that are displayed as rows in the table.
Columns Panel: Defines Members that are displayed as fields (columns) in the table.
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Measures Panel: Defines the numeric values to display.
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Background Panel: Restricts results to those that intersect with filters defined in this panel.
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

See Also
The Widgets Pane

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctAddingAPivotTable.aspx[12/21/2009 8:16:54 PM]


Adding a Pivot Table

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctAddingAPivotTable.aspx[12/21/2009 8:16:54 PM]


Adding a Chart

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding a Chart
See Also
Table of Contents
Charts are most useful when identifying trends and patterns is more important that observing the
Introduction
actual values.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Add a Chart by dragging it from the Common Charts group or the Special Charts group in the
Browsing Data Widget Pane.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Overview
The Widgets Pane
The Widget Data Editor
Binding Widgets to Data
Adding a Pivot Table
Adding a Chart
Adding Single Value Indicators
The Widget Data Editor configuration for a chart contains four panels:
Adding Input Selection Widgets
Adding Text Boxes, Images and Pane
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc Axis Panel: Defines Members that are displayed as labels in the chart.
Formatting and Layout Series Panel: Defines Members that are displayed as series in the chart.
Adding Features to an Applicationwith Measures Panel: Defines the numeric values to display.
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Background Panel: Restricts results to those that intersect with filters defined in this panel.
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

See Also
The Widgets Pane

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctAddingAChart.aspx[12/21/2009 8:17:05 PM]


Adding a Chart

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctAddingAChart.aspx[12/21/2009 8:17:05 PM]


Adding Single Value Indicators

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding Single Value Indicators


See Also
Table of Contents
Single Value Indicators are useful when you need to show a single value, and possibly whether it
Introduction
meets a pre-defined threshold. There are several Single Value Indicators that can be created from
What's New In PrismCubed?
the Widget Pane.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Overview
The Widgets Pane
The Widget Data Editor
Binding Widgets to Data
Adding a Pivot Table
Adding a Chart
Adding Single Value Indicators
Adding Input Selection Widgets
Adding Text Boxes, Images and Pane
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc The Widget Data Editor configuration for a Single Value Indicator contains two panels:
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Measure Panel: Defines the numeric value to display.
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid Background Panel: Restricts results to those that intersect with filters defined in this panel.
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

See Also
The Widgets Pane

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctAddingSingleValueIndicators.aspx[12/21/2009 8:17:16 PM]


Adding Single Value Indicators

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctAddingSingleValueIndicators.aspx[12/21/2009 8:17:16 PM]


Adding Input Selection Widgets

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding Input Selection Widgets


See Also
Table of Contents
Input Selection Widgets are Widgets that are used for allowing users to change the data they are
Introduction
looking out by picking values in a list. In effect, what these Widgets do is dynamically apply
What's New In PrismCubed?
Background on other Widgets. There are several of Widgets like these, which you can create from
Before You Start
the Widget Pane.
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Overview
The Widgets Pane
The Widget Data Editor
Binding Widgets to Data
Adding a Pivot Table
Adding a Chart
Adding Single Value Indicators The Widget Data Editor configuration for an Input Selection Widget contains two panels:
Adding Input Selection Widgets
Adding Text Boxes, Images and Pane Items Panel: The Members to pick from.
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc Background Panel: Restricts results to those that intersect with filters defined in this panel.
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Dropping a Dimension or a Filter on an empty area in the sheet will create the default
input selection Widget.

See Also
The Widgets Pane

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctAddingInputSelectionWidgets.aspx[12/21/2009 8:17:27 PM]


Adding Input Selection Widgets

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctAddingInputSelectionWidgets.aspx[12/21/2009 8:17:27 PM]


Adding Text Boxes, Images and Panels

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding Text Boxes, Images and Panels


See Also
Table of Contents
Text boxes, images and panels are used to give extra graphics to your dashboard such as labels,
Introduction
colored frames, company logos, etc. These Widgets can be created from the Widget Pane, under
What's New In PrismCubed?
the Common group.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Overview
The Widgets Pane
The Widget Data Editor
Binding Widgets to Data See Also
Adding a Pivot Table The Widgets Pane
Adding a Chart
Adding Single Value Indicators
Adding Input Selection Widgets
Adding Text Boxes, Images and Pane
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingWidgets/ctAddingTextBoxesImagesandPanels.aspx[12/21/2009 8:17:38 PM]


Colors and Fonts

Existing Customer Register

Search

Colors and Fonts


See Also
Table of Contents
Colors and fonts can be changed directly from the main tool bar:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Define font type, size, bold, italic and underline:
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Define the text color:
Formatting and Layout
Themes
Colors and Fonts
Value Masks
Widget Alignment
Widget Spacing
Widget Ordering
Widget Auto-Snapping
Defines the fill color:
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security Define the border color:
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

You can define text, fill and border colors to ‘No Fill’ making these areas transparent.

See Also
Themes
Value Masks
Widget Alignment
Widget Spacing
Widget Ordering
Widget Auto-Snapping

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldFormatting/ctColorsAndFonts.aspx[12/21/2009 8:17:50 PM]


Colors and Fonts

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldFormatting/ctColorsAndFonts.aspx[12/21/2009 8:17:50 PM]


Value Masks

Existing Customer Register

Search

Value Masks
See Also
Table of Contents
You can define the visual format of numeric values in a Widget directly from the main toolbar:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Regular numeric format with thousands separator:
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets Currency:
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Themes
Colors and Fonts
Value Masks
Widget Alignment
Percentage:
Widget Spacing
Widget Ordering
Widget Auto-Snapping
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Increase decimal precision:
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Decrease decimal precision:
PrismFAQ

See Also
Themes
Colors and Fonts
Widget Alignment
Widget Spacing
Widget Ordering
Widget Auto-Snapping

Home

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldFormatting/ctValueMasks.aspx[12/21/2009 8:18:02 PM]


Value Masks

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldFormatting/ctValueMasks.aspx[12/21/2009 8:18:02 PM]


Widget Alignment

Existing Customer Register

Search

Widget Alignment
See Also
Table of Contents
You can align several selected Widgets from the Format->Alignment menu.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Themes
Colors and Fonts
Value Masks
Widget Alignment
Widget Spacing
Widget Ordering
Direction Option Description
Widget Auto-Snapping Horizontal Align Lefts Aligns the left edges of the selected Widgets
Adding Features to an Applicationwith Horizontal Align Centers Aligns the centers of the selected Widgets horizontally
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Horizontal Align Rights Aligns the right edges of the selected Widgets
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Vertical Align Tops Aligns the top edges of the selected Widgets
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Vertical Align Centers Aligns the centers of the selected Widgets vertically
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and Vertical Align Bottoms Aligns the bottom edges of the selected Widgets
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ See Also
Themes
Colors and Fonts
Value Masks
Widget Spacing
Widget Ordering
Widget Auto-Snapping

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldFormatting/ctWidgetAlignment.aspx[12/21/2009 8:18:12 PM]


Widget Spacing

Existing Customer Register

Search

Widget Spacing
See Also
Table of Contents
You can define the same spacing between several selected Widgets from the Format->Spacing
Introduction
menu.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Themes
Colors and Fonts
Value Masks
Widget Alignment
Widget Spacing
Widget Ordering
Widget Auto-Snapping Direction Option Description
Adding Features to an Applicationwith Horizontal Minimal Spacing Sets minimal horizontal spacing between selected Widgets
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid Horizontal Same Spacing Sets the same horizontal spacing between selected Widgets
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Vertical Minimal Spacing Sets minimal vertical spacing between selected Widgets
Recovering Documents from Backup
Vertical Same Spacing Sets the same vertical spacing between selected Widgets
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets See Also
PrismFAQ Themes
Colors and Fonts
Value Masks
Widget Alignment
Widget Ordering
Widget Auto-Snapping

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldFormatting/ctWidgetSpacing.aspx[12/21/2009 8:18:23 PM]


Widget Ordering

Existing Customer Register

Search

Widget Ordering
See Also
Table of Contents
When two (or more) Widgets overlap, the order at which they appear is determined by the Widgets’
Introduction
relative order on the Z axis.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout Generally, the Widget created last will appear on top of a Widget created earlier. You can change
Themes the ordering of a Widget from the Format->Ordering menu.
Colors and Fonts
Value Masks
Widget Alignment
Widget Spacing
Widget Ordering
Widget Auto-Snapping
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Option Description
Bring To Front Brings the Widget to the front
One Step Up Brings the Widget one step towards the front
Send To Back Sends the Widget to the back
One Step Down Sends the Widget one step towards the back

See Also
Themes
Colors and Fonts

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldFormatting/ctWidgetOrdering.aspx[12/21/2009 8:18:33 PM]


Widget Ordering

Value Masks
Widget Alignment
Widget Spacing
Widget Auto-Snapping

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldFormatting/ctWidgetOrdering.aspx[12/21/2009 8:18:33 PM]


Widget Auto-Snapping

Existing Customer Register

Search

Widget Auto-Snapping
See Also
Table of Contents
During normal operation of the application, Auto-Snapping is turned on. This feature enables
Introduction
automatic alignment of Widgets and relieves you from having to endlessly reposition your Widgets.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout When there are a lot of Widgets on the sheet, the Auto-Snapping feature
Themes
may not be as useful. To turn it off, right-click an empty space on the
Colors and Fonts
canvas and disable the Widget Snapping option.
Value Masks
Widget Alignment
Widget Spacing
Widget Ordering
Widget Auto-Snapping
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets See Also
PrismFAQ
Themes
Colors and Fonts
Value Masks
Widget Alignment
Widget Spacing
Widget Ordering

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldFormatting/ctWidgetAutoSnapping.aspx[12/21/2009 8:18:44 PM]


Show\Hide Measures in a Pivot or Chart

Existing Customer Register

Search

Show/Hide Measures in a Pivot or Chart


See Also
Table of Contents
To allow selection of Measures that are shown in a Pivot or Chart, create a Selector Widget
Introduction
containing all possible Measures and connect it to a Pivot or Chart containing the same Measures.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Show\Hide Members in a Pivot or C
Show\Hide Measures in a Pivot or C
The Apply Scope (Background) Butto
The Jump to Sheet Button
The Refresh Document, Sheets and W
To enable multi-selection in a Drop Down List, right-click the list and navigate to
The Export to Excel Button Preferences->Multi Selection.
The Browse To URL Button
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S See Also
Recovering Documents from Backup Connecting a Widget to Another Widget
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingFeatures/ctShowHideMeasuresinaPivotorChart.aspx[12/21/2009 8:18:57 PM]


The Apply Scope (Background) Button

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Apply Scope (Background) Button


See Also
Table of Contents
The Apply Scope Button allows for defining background (scope) on a Widget when a button is
Introduction
clicked. There are two main uses for this button:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources - When there are several Selector Widgets to choose from, and you wish the query to execute only
Browsing Data when selections are complete (indicated by the button click).
Creating PrismCubed Applications
- When you wish to allow changing of filters showing on a Widget to one of a pre-determined set of
filters.
The Environment Window
To create the button, drag it from the Actions group in the Widgets Pane.
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc To create the button, drag it from the Actions group in the Widgets Pane.
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Show\Hide Members in a Pivot or C
Show\Hide Measures in a Pivot or C
The Apply Scope (Background) Butto
The Jump to Sheet Button
The Refresh Document, Sheets and W
The Export to Excel Button
The Browse To URL Button
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup To define which Widgets to get the background from, right-click the button and navigate
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters to Input Selection Widgets. Similarly, to define the Widgets on which to apply the new
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and background, navigate to Affected Output Widgets.
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingFeatures/ctTheApplyScopeButton.aspx[12/21/2009 8:19:09 PM]


The Apply Scope (Background) Button

See Also
The Widgets Pane

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingFeatures/ctTheApplyScopeButton.aspx[12/21/2009 8:19:09 PM]


The Jump to Sheet Button

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Jump To Sheet Button


See Also
Table of Contents
The ‘Jump to Page’ action allows for adding navigation functionality for guided analytics type of
Introduction
documents.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications To create the button, drag it from the Actions group in the Widgets Pane.
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Show\Hide Members in a Pivot or C
Show\Hide Measures in a Pivot or C
The Apply Scope (Background) Butto To define the Sheet to jump to, right-click the button, navigate to the ‘Sheet to Jump To’
The Jump to Sheet Button menu and select the desired sheet.
The Refresh Document, Sheets and W
The Export to Excel Button
The Browse To URL Button
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

See Also
The Widgets Pane

Home

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingFeatures/ctTheJumptoSheetButton.aspx[12/21/2009 8:19:22 PM]


The Jump to Sheet Button

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingFeatures/ctTheJumptoSheetButton.aspx[12/21/2009 8:19:22 PM]


The Refresh Document, Sheets and Widgets Buttons

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Refresh Document, Sheet and Widgets Buttons


See Also
Table of Contents
The Refresh buttons allows refreshing of entire documents, sheets or particular Widgets at a click of
Introduction
a button.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications Refresh Document Button
The Environment Window
To create a Refresh Document button, drag it from the Actions group in the Widgets Pane onto a
Files and Documents
sheet.
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Show\Hide Members in a Pivot or C
Show\Hide Measures in a Pivot or C
The Apply Scope (Background) Butto
The Jump to Sheet Button
The Refresh Document, Sheets and W
The Export to Excel Button
Refresh Sheet Button
The Browse To URL Button To create a Refresh Sheet button, drag it from the Actions group in the Widgets Pane onto the
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid sheet.
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
Recovering Documents from Backup
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Refresh Widgets Button

To create Refresh Widgets button, drag it from the Actions group in the Widgets Pane onto a sheet.

To define the Widgets to refresh once the button is clicked, navigate to the Widgets to Refresh
menu and select the desired Widgets.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingFeatures/ctRefresh.aspx[12/21/2009 8:19:47 PM]


The Refresh Document, Sheets and Widgets Buttons

See Also
The Widgets Pane

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingFeatures/ctRefresh.aspx[12/21/2009 8:19:47 PM]


The Export to Excel Button

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Export To Excel Button


See Also
Table of Contents
The Export to Excel button allows for exporting Widget data to Microsoft Excel format.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data To create an Export to Excel button, drag it from the Actions group in the Widget Pane.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Show\Hide Members in a Pivot or C
Show\Hide Measures in a Pivot or C
The Apply Scope (Background) Butto
The Jump to Sheet Button
The Refresh Document, Sheets and W
The Export to Excel Button
The Browse To URL Button
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S To define which Widgets to export, right-click the button, navigate to the Widget to Export
Recovering Documents from Backup menu and select the desired Widgets.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

See Also
The Widgets Pane

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingFeatures/ctTheExporttoExcelButton.aspx[12/21/2009 8:20:01 PM]


The Export to Excel Button

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingFeatures/ctTheExporttoExcelButton.aspx[12/21/2009 8:20:01 PM]


The Browse To URL Button

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Browse To URL Button


See Also
Table of Contents
The Browse to URL button is used for:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start 1. Opening the default web browser and navigating to a given address.
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data 2. Passing a selection to a website as a parameter
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The Environment Window
To create a Browse to URL button, drag it from the Actions group in the Widgets Pane.
Files and Documents
Sheets
Defining the Sheet Size and Orientation
Adding Widgets
Widget Interconnectivity and Global Sc
Formatting and Layout
Adding Features to an Applicationwith
Show\Hide Members in a Pivot or C
Show\Hide Measures in a Pivot or C
The Apply Scope (Background) Butto
The Jump to Sheet Button
The Refresh Document, Sheets and W
The Export to Excel Button
The Browse To URL Button
Refreshing Documents, Sheets and Wid
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize With S
To set the URL, right-click the button and type in the URL in the Destination URL box.
Recovering Documents from Backup
To set the Input parameter widget, Choose the parameter widget and the selected
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
item in the widget will be applied to the URL.
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
The Multi selector separator is used to add a separator in case more then one selection
Exporting is made.
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingFeatures/ctBrowseToUrl.aspx[12/21/2009 8:20:15 PM]


The Browse To URL Button

In this example we are passing the selected member in thwe pivot to google search.

We added http://www.google.com/search?q= into the URL Structure and set the Pivot as the
Input Parameter Widget.

See Also
The Widgets Pane

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/fldAddingFeatures/ctBrowseToUrl.aspx[12/21/2009 8:20:15 PM]


Overview

Existing Customer Register

Search

Connecting a Widget to Another Widget


See Also
Table of Contents
Having the selection in one Widget affect the results in a different Widget is a very powerful feature.
Introduction
It allows creation of interactive dashboards where end-users can easily specify filters on the data
What's New In PrismCubed?
they are looking at.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Every data-bound Widget has a dedicated button for getting its Background filters from another
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Widget. Clicking on this button will bring up the list of Widgets that can be connected to the
selected Widget. After making your choice, click ‘Apply’ to have the changes take effect.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

A Widget can be connected to another Widget, if one of the following conditions applies:

- Both ‘input’ and ‘output’ Widgets are bound to the same Data Source.

- Both ‘input’ and ‘output’ Widgets are bound to different Data Sources, but the ‘output’ Data Source
contains Dimensions identical to the ones in the ‘input’ Widget. Identical means that both the
Dimensions’ names and types are identical in both Data Sources.

If two Data Sources have a Dimension that represents the same thing but named
differently (Products and Product Names, for example), you will have to rename one of the
Dimensions, so they both have the same name, before you can connect two Widgets that
are bound to these two Data Sources.

See Also
Simple Selectors

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctConnectingaWidgetToAnotherWidget/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:20:27 PM]


Overview

Charts as Selectors

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctConnectingaWidgetToAnotherWidget/ctOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:20:27 PM]


Filter By Criteria

Existing Customer Register

Search

Filter By Criteria
See Also
Table of Contents
Filter by Criteria is used to isolate Members that meet a condition. Examples of these are
Introduction
‘Customers with sales greater than 1000 Dollars’, ‘Emails containing .co.uk’ etc.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications Criteria Types:
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of Membe
Measure Criteria Filter Members by comparing the value of a Measure to another value
Creating a Filter
Creating a Filter
Value/Label Criteria Filter Members by comparing to their values to another value
Filter By Criteria Attribute Criteria Filter Members that intersect with Members from other Dimensions
Filter By Criteria
Measure Criteria
Value\Label Criteria
Attribute Criteria
Top Ranking and Bottom Ranking F
Top Percentile and Bottom Percentil
To add another criterion, click on the needed And/Or operator buttons and select the new
Exclude
criterion type.
Intersection
Union
Creating Filters Using Question Compo
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

To remove a criterion, right-click with the mouse somewhere in the visual area of the relevant
criterion and then click ‘Remove Criteria’.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/fldFilterByCriteria/ctFilterByCriteria.aspx[12/21/2009 8:20:52 PM]


Filter By Criteria

See Also
Measure Criteria

Value\Label Criteria

Attribute Criteria

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/fldFilterByCriteria/ctFilterByCriteria.aspx[12/21/2009 8:20:52 PM]


Top Ranking and Bottom Ranking Filters

Existing Customer Register

Search

Top Ranking and Bottom Ranking Filters


Table of Contents The Top Ranking filter returns the Members whose value for a specified Measure is the highest, while the
Bottom Ranking filter returns the Members whose value for a specified Measure is the lowest.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data In effect, what this filter does is sort the Members according to the specified Measure (highest- to-lowest
Creating PrismCubed Applications in the case of Top Ranking and lowest-to-largest in the case of Bottom Ranking) and returns a number of
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte Members specified.
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of M
Creating a Filter
Creating a Filter
Examples:
Filter By Criteria - Products with the most sales
Top Ranking and Bottom Ran - Customers with the least purchased products
Top Percentile and Bottom Pe - Products with the most sales in 2008
Exclude
Intersection
Union
Creating Filters Using Question C
The Top/Bottom Ranking Filter Editor
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Component Description
1 The maximum number of Members to return
2 The Measure according to evaluate
3 The background/scope of the Measure

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/ctRankingFilters.aspx[12/21/2009 8:21:03 PM]


Top Ranking and Bottom Ranking Filters

The Measure's Background

It is possible to restrict the calculation of the Measure’s value to the scope of specified Members. This
allows you to filter Members whose Sales are the highest/lowest in May-2008 for example.

To define the background (scope) of the Measure, click on the box titled ‘Click to define background’,
navigate to the relevant Dimensions and select the Members or Filters to use.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/ctRankingFilters.aspx[12/21/2009 8:21:03 PM]


Top Percentile and Bottom Percentile Filters

Existing Customer Register

Search

Top Percentile and Bottom Percentile Filters


Table of Contents The Top Percentile and Bottom Percentile filters return the Members whose cumulative value for a
specified Measure is within a given percent of the total value.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data In effect, what these filters do is sort the Members according to the value of the Measure (largest-to-
Creating PrismCubed Applications smallest in the case of Top Percentile and smallest-to-largest in the case of Bottom Percentile) and starts
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte adding the values of the Measure for each Member. The process stops as soon as the cumulative value
What are Groups and Filters? grows larger than the specified percent of total value.
Creating\Modifying a Group of M
Creating a Filter
Creating a Filter
Filter By Criteria Examples:
Top Ranking and Bottom Ran - Customers that amount to 80% of total sales
Top Percentile and Bottom Pe
Exclude
Intersection
Union
Creating Filters Using Question C
The Top/Bottom Percentile Editor
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Component Description
1 The percentile
2 The Measure to evaluate
3 The background/scope of the Measure

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/ctPercentileFilters.aspx[12/21/2009 8:21:14 PM]


Top Percentile and Bottom Percentile Filters

The Measure's Background

It is possible to restrict the calculation of the Measure’s value to the scope of specified Members. This
allows you to filter Members whose Sales in May-2008 amount to 80% of total sales in May-2008.

To define the background (scope) of the Measure, click on the box titled ‘Click to define background’,
navigate to the relevant Dimensions and select the Members or Filters to use.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/ctPercentileFilters.aspx[12/21/2009 8:21:14 PM]


Exclude

Existing Customer Register

Search

Exclude
Table of Contents The Exclude filter lets you exclude explicit Members (or Members returned by another Filter) from the
results of a Dimension or a Filter.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Examples:
Creating PrismCubed Applications - All Members from the Customers Dimension, except for Customer A and Customer B
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte - All Members from the Products Dimension, except for Products sold more than once
What are Groups and Filters? - All Members from the ‘Products with Sales > 1000’ filter, except for Products sold in the USA
Creating\Modifying a Group of M
Creating a Filter
Creating a Filter
Filter By Criteria
Top Ranking and Bottom Ran
Top Percentile and Bottom Pe
Exclude
Intersection
Union
Creating Filters Using Question C
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/ctExclude.aspx[12/21/2009 8:21:26 PM]


Intersection

Existing Customer Register

Search

Intersection
See Also
Table of Contents
The Intersection Filter returns only those Members that appear in all input Filters.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of Membe
Creating a Filter
Creating a Filter
Filter By Criteria
Top Ranking and Bottom Ranking F
Top Percentile and Bottom Percentil
Exclude
Intersection
Union
Creating Filters Using Question Compo
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ
Intersection Filters can only be created using Question Composition.

See Also
Creating Filters Using Question Composition

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/ctIntersection.aspx[12/21/2009 8:21:47 PM]


Union

Existing Customer Register

Search

Union
See Also
Table of Contents
The Union combines results from multiple Filters.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of Membe
Creating a Filter
Creating a Filter
Filter By Criteria
Top Ranking and Bottom Ranking F
Top Percentile and Bottom Percentil
Exclude
Intersection
Union
Creating Filters Using Question Compo
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ
Union Filters can only be created using Question Composition.

See Also
Creating Filters Using Question Composition

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/ctUnion.aspx[12/21/2009 8:22:10 PM]


Creating a Question

Existing Customer Register

Search

Creating a Question
Table of Contents To create a new Question, navigate to the Insert menu in the main menu and select Question.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of M
Creating a Filter
Creating Filters Using Question C
Overview
Creating a Question
Defining the Base Dimension
Applying an Additional Filter
Renaming a Filter
Saving a Filter
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
The new Question will appear in the same tab-strip your sheets appear, above the main canvas.
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ
To remove a Question, right-click on it and select Remove.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldQuestionComposition/ctCreateQuestion.aspx[12/21/2009 8:22:43 PM]


Creating a Question

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldQuestionComposition/ctCreateQuestion.aspx[12/21/2009 8:22:43 PM]


Defining the Base Dimension or Filter

Existing Customer Register

Search

Defining the Base Dimension or Filter


Table of Contents To start filtering a Dimension, drag-and-drop the Dimension from the Data Browser onto the
Question:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of M
Creating a Filter
Creating Filters Using Question C
Overview
Creating a Question
Defining the Base Dimension
Applying an Additional Filter
Renaming a Filter
Saving a Filter
Creating DateTime Expressions
To edit or modify and existing filter, drag-and-drop it from the Data Browser onto the Question:
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldQuestionComposition/ctBaseDimension.aspx[12/21/2009 8:22:56 PM]


Defining the Base Dimension or Filter

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldQuestionComposition/ctBaseDimension.aspx[12/21/2009 8:22:56 PM]


Applying an Additional Filter

Existing Customer Register

Search

Applying an Additional Filter


Table of Contents To apply a new Filter on an existing element in a Question:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources 1. Hover with the mouse over the element, showing the connection boxes
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of M
Creating a Filter
Creating Filters Using Question C
Overview
Creating a Question
Defining the Base Dimension 2. Right-click on one of the < > boxes and select the filter you wish to apply
Applying an Additional Filter
Renaming a Filter
Saving a Filter
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

3. Configure the filter’s parameters

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldQuestionComposition/ctAdditionalFilter.aspx[12/21/2009 8:23:07 PM]


Applying an Additional Filter

You can apply this technique on any element in the Question to create multi-branch filters.

You can minimize the space a filter element takes by clicking the minimize < > button. Click
it again to maximize.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldQuestionComposition/ctAdditionalFilter.aspx[12/21/2009 8:23:07 PM]


Renaming a Filter

Existing Customer Register

Search

Renaming a Filter
Table of Contents Every element in a Question can be given a descriptive name by double-clicking its title:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of M
Creating a Filter
Creating Filters Using Question C
Overview
Creating a Question
Defining the Base Dimension
Applying an Additional Filter
Renaming a Filter
Saving a Filter
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldQuestionComposition/ctRenameFilter.aspx[12/21/2009 8:23:18 PM]


Saving a Filter

Existing Customer Register

Search

Saving a Filter
Table of Contents Every element in a Question can be saved as a separate filter by clicking the save button:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
What are Groups and Filters?
Creating\Modifying a Group of M
Creating a Filter
Creating Filters Using Question C
Overview
Creating a Question
Upon saving, the Filter will be available for use in the Data Browser, under the relevant Dimension’s
Defining the Base Dimension
‘Filter’ node.
Applying an Additional Filter
Renaming a Filter
Saving a Filter
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldQuestionComposition/ctSaveFilter.aspx[12/21/2009 8:23:30 PM]


Simple Arithmetics

Existing Customer Register

Search

Simple Arithmetics
Table of Contents Simple arithmetic expressions are created by combining numeric expressions with arithmetic operators
and numeric literals.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Examples:
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Custom Measure Formula
What are Custom Measures?
Profit [Sales] - [Cost]
The Formula Editor
Creating a New Custom Measure Sales in Euro [Sales] * 1.04
Renaming a Custom Measure USA Sales ( [Sales], [USA] ) / [Sales]
Editing a Custom Measure's Form Contribution
Deleting a Custom Measure
Quarterly Growth (( [Sales], Current([Quarter]) ) - ( [Sales], Prev([Quarter]) )) / ( [Sales],
Formulas
Prev([Quarter]) )
Overview
Simple Arithmetics
Aggregations
Measured Values (Scoped Me
Running To-Date Totals and A
Rolling Totals and Averages
Growth From Previous/Paralle
Contribution Calculations
Date Difference Functions
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctSimpleArithmetics.aspx[12/21/2009 8:23:50 PM]


Value Aggregation Functions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Value Aggregation Functions


Table of Contents Value Aggregation functions are used to perform calculations on a list of values.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Syntax
Browsing Data
AggregationType( <Value List> )
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure Parameters
What are Custom Measures?
<Value List> : A Dimension or an arithmetic expressions made up of Numeric Dimensions and/or
The Formula Editor numbers.
Creating a New Custom Measure
Renaming a Custom Measure
Description
Editing a Custom Measure's Form
Deleting a Custom Measure Iterates over all values in <Value List> and:
Formulas
Overview
Simple Arithmetics
Aggregation Type Description
Aggregations
Value Aggregation Functio Sum Returns total of all values
Measured Aggregation Fun Avg (Average) Returns the average value
Counting Filter Members Min (Minimum) Returns the minimal value
Measured Values (Scoped Me
Max (Maximum) Returns the maximal value
Running To-Date Totals and A
Count Returns the number of unique values
Rolling Totals and Averages
Growth From Previous/Paralle CountDup Returns the number of values
Contribution Calculations
Date Difference Functions
Sharing, Distribution and Security Note
Exporting
Measures are in fact pre-packaged Value Aggregation Functions.
Widgets
PrismFAQ
Example 1

Consider the following raw data:

Product Store Sales

Ice Cream Store A 100

Ice Cream Store B 200

Bread Store A 150

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldAggregations/ctAggregations.aspx[12/21/2009 8:24:04 PM]


Value Aggregation Functions

Milk Store B 400

The following tables will describe how each of the functions work. The functions are marked in color and
Dimensions are marked in bold brackets [ ].

[Product] Sum([Sales]) Avg([Sales]) Min([Sales]) Max([Sales])

Ice Cream 300 {100+200} 150 {(100+200)/2} 100 200

Bread 150 150 150 150

Milk 400 300 400 400

[Store] Sum([Sales]) Avg([Sales]) Min([Sales]) Max([Sales])

Store A 250 {100+150} 125 {(100+150)/2} 100 150

Store B 600 {200+400} 300 {(200+400)/2} 200 400

[Product] Count([Store])

Ice Cream 2 {Store A and Store B}


Bread 1 {Store A}
Milk 1 {Store B}

[Product] CountDup([Product])

Ice Cream 2 {'Ice Cream' appears twice}


Bread 1 {'Bread' appears once}
Milk 1 {'Milk' appears once}

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldAggregations/ctAggregations.aspx[12/21/2009 8:24:04 PM]


Value Aggregation Functions

Example 2

Consider the following transactional sales data:

Transaction Time Product Price Per Unit Quantity Sold


12:00 Shoes 10 2
13:00 Shoes 10 4
14:00 Shirt 5 3
15:00 Shirt 5 6

Sales is calculated by multiplying Price Per Unit with Quantity Sold. However, if you multipled the 'Sum
Per Per Unit' Measure with the 'Sum Quantity Sold' Measure, you would get incorrect results.

[Product] Sum([Price Per Sum([Quantity Sum([Price Per Unit]) * Sum([Quantity


Unit]) Sold]) Sold])
Shoes 20 {10+10} 6 {2+4} 120 {20*6}
Shirt 10 {5+5} 9 {3+6} 90 {10*9}

According the the calculation above, shoes were sold for 120 dollars. This is incorrect because the price
of a pair of shoes is 10 dollars, not 20. Total sales for shoes should have been 6 * 10 dollars = 60
dollars. The wrong value is because the price is aggregated before multiplication with the quantity is
done.

To get correct results, multiply the 'Price Per Unit' Dimension and 'Quantity Sold' Dimension values
first and only then perform the aggregation:

Sum([Price Per Unit] * [Quantity Sold])

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldAggregations/ctAggregations.aspx[12/21/2009 8:24:04 PM]


Measured Values (Scoped Measures)

Existing Customer Register

Search

Measured Values (Scoped Measures)


See Also
Table of Contents
Measured Values are a way of restricting the results of a Measure to a given scope of Filters and/or
Introduction
Members.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
What are Custom Measures?
The Formula Editor
Creating a New Custom Measure
Renaming a Custom Measure
Editing a Custom Measure's Formula
Deleting a Custom Measure
Formulas
Overview
Simple Arithmetics
Aggregations
Measured Values (Scoped Measures
Measured Values (Scoped Measu
The ALL Function
The PREV, NEXT and PARALLEL F
The YEAR, QUARTER, MONTH and
The RANGE Function
Running To-Date Totals and Averag
Rolling Totals and Averages
Growth From Previous/Parallel Perio
Contribution Calculations
Date Difference Functions
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting Syntax
Widgets
( <Measure>, <Scope1> [, <Scope2>...] )
PrismFAQ

Parameters

<Measure> : A Measure or a Custom Measure.

<ScopeN> : A Member, Group of Members or a Filter. Each <ScopeN> must belong to a different
Dimension.

Description

Evaluates the value of <Measure> in the scope of the given <ScopeN> parameters.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldMeasuredValues/ctMeasuredValues.aspx[12/21/2009 8:24:40 PM]


Measured Values (Scoped Measures)

Example

Consider the following raw data:

Product Store Sales


Shoes Store A 10
Shoes Store B 20
Shoes Store C 30
Shirt Store A 40
Shirt Store B 50
Pants Store A 60
Pants Store C 70

( [Sales], [Store A]) = 110 {10+40+60}

( [Sales],[Store A and Store B] ) = 180 {10+20+40+50+60}

[Store A and Store B] is a Group containing Store A and Store B.

([Sales], [Store A and Store B], [Shoes] ) = 30 {10+20}

[Store A and Store B] is a Group containing Store A and Store B.

( [Sales], [Products with Sales > 60] ) = 220 {90+130}

[Products with Sales > 60] is a Filter by Criteria returning only products with totals sales greater than
60 (Shirt=90 and Pants=130)

Measured Values can also be created directly from the Widget Data Editor, by right-
clicking a Measure and navigating to Apply Scope. See Binding Widgets to Data.

See Also
The ALL Function

The PREV, NEXT and PARALLEL Functions

The YEAR, QUARTER, MONTH and PARENT Functions

The RANGE Function

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldMeasuredValues/ctMeasuredValues.aspx[12/21/2009 8:24:40 PM]


Measured Values (Scoped Measures)

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldMeasuredValues/ctMeasuredValues.aspx[12/21/2009 8:24:40 PM]


Running To-Date Totals and Averages

Existing Customer Register

Search

Running To-Date Totals and Averages


Table of Contents These functions calculate running total/average, up till the current time period Member.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Syntax
Browsing Data
SumYTD( <Time Dimension>, <Measure> )
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure SumQTD( <Time Dimension>, <Measure> )
What are Custom Measures?
The Formula Editor SumMTD( <Time Dimension>, <Measure> )
Creating a New Custom Measure
Renaming a Custom Measure
Parameters
Editing a Custom Measure's Form
Deleting a Custom Measure <Time Dimension> : A Calendar Time Dimension.
Formulas
Overview <Measure> : A Measure or Custom Measure.
Simple Arithmetics
Aggregations
Descripion
Measured Values (Scoped Me
Running To-Date Totals and A Returns the running total starting from the beginning of the year|quarter|month up until the current time
Rolling Totals and Averages period Member.
Growth From Previous/Paralle
Contribution Calculations
Syntax
Date Difference Functions
Sharing, Distribution and Security AvgYTD( <Time Dimension>, <Measure> )
Exporting
Widgets AvgQTD( <Time Dimension>, <Measure> )
PrismFAQ

AvgMTD( <Time Dimension>, <Measure> )

Parameters

<Time Dimension> : A Calendar Time Dimension.

<Measure> : A Measure or Custom Measure.

Descripion

Returns the running average starting from the beginning of the year|quarter|month up until the current
time period Member.

Examples

Consider the following raw data:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctRunningTotals.aspx[12/21/2009 8:24:52 PM]


Running To-Date Totals and Averages

Time Sales
February 1, 2008 10
February 2, 2008 20
March 1, 2008 30
March 2, 2008 40
April 1, 2008 50

Results:

[Time Month] [Sales] SumYTD( [Time Month], [Sales] )


February 30 30 {30}
March 70 100 {30+70}
April 50 150 {30+70+50}

[Time Month] [Sales] SumQTD([Time Month]), [Sales] )


February 30 30 {30}
March 70 100 {30+70}
April 50 50 {50}

[Time Month] [Sales] AvgYTD( [Time Month], [Sales] )


February 30 30 {30/1}
March 70 50 {(30+70)/2}
April 50 50 {(30+70+50)/3}

[Time Month] [Sales] AvgQTD([Time Month]), [Sales] )


February 30 30 {30/1}
March 70 50 {(30+70)/2}
April 50 50 {50/1}

Home

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctRunningTotals.aspx[12/21/2009 8:24:52 PM]


Running To-Date Totals and Averages

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctRunningTotals.aspx[12/21/2009 8:24:52 PM]


Rolling Totals and Averages

Existing Customer Register

Search

Rolling Totals and Averages


Table of Contents These functions calculate running total/average starting N periods back up until the current time period
Member.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Syntax
Creating PrismCubed Applications
SumRP( <Time Dimension>, <N>, <Measure> )
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
What are Custom Measures?
The Formula Editor Parameters
Creating a New Custom Measure
<Time Dimension> : A Calendar Time Dimension.
Renaming a Custom Measure
Editing a Custom Measure's Form
Deleting a Custom Measure <N> : Number of periods back. Default value is 1.
Formulas
Overview <Measure> : A Measure or Custom Measure.
Simple Arithmetics
Aggregations
Descripion
Measured Values (Scoped Me
Running To-Date Totals and A Returns the running total of <Measure> starting <N> periods back up until the current time period
Rolling Totals and Averages Member.
Growth From Previous/Paralle
Contribution Calculations
Syntax
Date Difference Functions
Sharing, Distribution and Security AvgRP( <Time Dimension>, <N>, <Measure> )
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ
Parameters

<Time Dimension> : A Calendar Time Dimension.

<N> : Number of periods back.

<Measure> : A Measure or Custom Measure.

Descripion

Returns the running average of <Measure> starting <N> periods back up until the current time period
Member.

Examples

Consider the following raw data:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctRollingTotals.aspx[12/21/2009 8:25:03 PM]


Rolling Totals and Averages

Time Sales
February 1, 2008 10
February 2, 2008 20
March 1, 2008 30
March 2, 2008 40
April 1, 2008 50

Results:

[Time Month] [Sales] SumRP( [Time Month], 1, [Sales] )


February 30 30 {30}
March 70 100 {30+70}
April 50 120 {70+50}

[Time Month] [Sales] AvgRP( [Time Month], 1, [Sales] )


February 30 30 {30/1}
March 70 50 {(30+70)/2}
April 50 60 {(70+50)2}

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctRollingTotals.aspx[12/21/2009 8:25:03 PM]


Growth From Previous/Parallel Period

Existing Customer Register

Search

Growth From Previous/Parallel Periods


See Also
Table of Contents
Growth calculations are done using a combination of Measured Values and arithmetic operations.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Consider the following raw data:
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Date Store Sales
What are Custom Measures?
The Formula Editor November 2007 Store A 10
Creating a New Custom Measure November 2007 Store B 20
Renaming a Custom Measure December 2007 Store A 30
Editing a Custom Measure's Formula
December 2007 Store B 40
Deleting a Custom Measure
January 2008 Store A 50
Formulas
Overview January 2008 Store B 60
Simple Arithmetics February 2008 Store A 70
Aggregations February 2008 Store B 80
Measured Values (Scoped Measures
Running To-Date Totals and Averag
Rolling Totals and Averages
Growth From Previous/Parallel Perio
Contribution Calculations
Growth Over Previous Month (or Year|Quarter|Day)
Date Difference Functions
Sharing, Distribution and Security We use the PREV function to indicate that [Sum Sales] needs to be calculated in the scope of the
Exporting time member previous to the current one:
Widgets
PrismFAQ

[Date Month] [Sum Sales] ( [Sum Sales], PREV([Date Month]) )


November 2007 30 {10+20}
December 2007 70 {30+40} 30 {previous month is November 2007}
January 2008 110 {50+60} 70 {previous month is December 2007}
February 2008 150 {70+80} 110 {previous month is January 2008}

To calculate growth rate, divide the current value by the previous value:

[Month] [Sum Sales] / ( [Sum Sales], PREV([Date Month]) )


November 2007
December 2007 2.33 {70/30}

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctGrowth.aspx[12/21/2009 8:25:18 PM]


Growth From Previous/Parallel Period

January 2008 1.57 {110/70}


February 2008 1.36 {150/110}

To calculate growth:

[Month] ([Sum Sales] - ( [Sum Sales], PREV([Date Month]) ) ) / ( [Sum


Sales], PREV([Date Month]) )
November 2007
December 2007 1.33 {(70-30)/30}
January 2008 0.57 {(110-70)/110}
February 2008 0.36 {(150-110)/110}

Growth From Parallel Quarter (or Year|Month)

We use the PARALLELQUARTER function to indicate that [Sum Sales] needs to be calculated in
the scope of the same time member only one quarter back.

[Date Month] [Sum Sales] ( [Sum Sales], PARALLELQUARTER([Date Month]) )


November 2007 30 {10+20} {August 2007 does not exist}
December 2007 70 {30+40} {September 2007 does not exist}
January 2008 110 {50+60} {October 2007 does not exist}
February 2008 150 {70+80} 30 {same month previous quarter is November 2008}

To calculate growth rate, divide the current value by the previous value:

[Month] [Sum Sales] / ( [Sum Sales], PARALLELQUARTER([Date Month])


)
November 2007
December 2007
January 2008
February 2008 5 {150/30}

To calculate growth:

[Month] ([Sum Sales] - ( [Sum Sales], PARALLELQUARTER([Date Month])


) ) / ( [Sum Sales], PARALLELQUARTER([Date Month]) )
November 2007

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctGrowth.aspx[12/21/2009 8:25:18 PM]


Growth From Previous/Parallel Period

December 2007
January 2008
February 2008 4 {(150-30)/30}

See Also
The PREV, NEXT and PARALLEL Functions

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctGrowth.aspx[12/21/2009 8:25:18 PM]


Contribution Calculations

Existing Customer Register

Search

Contribution Calculations
See Also
Table of Contents
Contribution calculations are typically done using a combination of Measured Values and arithmetic
Introduction
operations.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications Consider the following raw data:
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
What are Custom Measures?
Product Store Month Sales
The Formula Editor
Creating a New Custom Measure
Shoes Store A January 10
Renaming a Custom Measure Shoes Store A February 20
Editing a Custom Measure's Formula Shirt Store A January 30
Deleting a Custom Measure
Shirt Store B February 40
Formulas
Pants Store A January 50
Overview
Simple Arithmetics
Aggregations
Contribution of Product Sales to Total Sales
Measured Values (Scoped Measures
Running To-Date Totals and Averag We use the ALL function to indicate that [Sum Sales] needs to be calculated in the scope of all
Rolling Totals and Averages Members of the Products Dimension.
Growth From Previous/Parallel Perio
Contribution Calculations
Date Difference Functions
[Product] [Sum Sales] ( [Sum Sales], ALL([Product]) )
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Shoes 30 {10+20} 150 {30+70+50}
Exporting
Widgets Shirt 70 {30+40} 150
PrismFAQ Pants 50 {50} 150

Notice that the the value of this formula is identical for all Products. To calculate the contribution of
sales to total sales:

[Product] [Sum Sales] / ( [Sum Sales], ALL([Product]) )


Shoes 0.20 (30/150)
Shirt 0.47 (70/150)
Pants 0.33 (50/150)

Contribution of Product Sales to Total Sales of Filtered Products

Similarly, we can use a Filter inside a Measured Value to calculate a Measure in the scope of the

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctContribution.aspx[12/21/2009 8:25:35 PM]


Contribution Calculations

Members returned by the Filter. Assume the Filter [Top 2 Products] returns the following results:

[Top 2 Products] [Sum Sales]


Shirt 70
Pants 50

If we place this Filter inside a Measured Value, we can calculate total sales for the top 2 products:

[Top 2 Products] [Sum Sales] ( [Sum Sales], [Top 2 Products] )


Shirt 70 120 (70+50)
Pants 50 120

Notice that the the value of this formula is identical for all Products. To calculate the contribution of
sales to total sales of the top 2 products:

[Top 2 Products] [Sum Sales] / ( [Sum Sales], [Top 2 Products] )


Shirt 0.58 {70/120}
Pants 0.42 {50/120}

Contribution of Product Sales Per Store to Total Product Sales

Assuming the raw data above, Product sales per store is:

[Store] [Product] [Sum Sales]


Store A Shoes 30
Store A Shirt 30
Store A Pants 50
Store B Shirt 40

We use the ALL function to indicate that [Sum Sales] needs to be calculated in the scope of all
Members of the Product and Store Dimensions.

[Store] [Product] [Sum Sales] ( [Sum Sales], ALL([Product]), ALL([Store]) )


Store A Shoes 30 150 {30+30+50+40}
Store A Shirt 30 150
Store A Pants 50 150
Store B Shirt 40 150

Notice that the the value of this formula is identical for all rows. To calculate the contribution of
sales to total sales:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctContribution.aspx[12/21/2009 8:25:35 PM]


Contribution Calculations

[Store] [Product] [Sum Sales] / ( [Sum Sales], ALL([Product]), ALL([Store]) )


Store A Shoes 0.20 {30/150}
Store A Shirt 0.20 {30/150}
Store A Pants 0.34 {50/150}
Store B Shirt 0.26 {40/150}

See Also
Measured Values

The ALL Function

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctContribution.aspx[12/21/2009 8:25:35 PM]


Date Difference Functions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Date Difference Functions


Table of Contents These functions calculate the difference between two dates.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Syntax
Browsing Data
YDiff( <Start Time>, <End Time> )
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure QDiff( <Start Time>, <End Time> )
What are Custom Measures?
The Formula Editor MDiff( <Start Time>, <End Time> )
Creating a New Custom Measure
Renaming a Custom Measure DDiff( <Start Time>, <End Time> )
Editing a Custom Measure's Form
Deleting a Custom Measure
HDiff( <Start Time>, <End Time> )
Formulas
Overview
Simple Arithmetics MnDiff( <Start Time>, <End Time> )
Aggregations
Measured Values (Scoped Me SDiff( <Start Time>, <End Time> )
Running To-Date Totals and A
Rolling Totals and Averages
Parameters
Growth From Previous/Paralle
Contribution Calculations <Start Time> : A Time Dimension containing start time values.
Date Difference Functions
Sharing, Distribution and Security <End Time> : A Time Dimension containing end time values.
Exporting
Widgets
Description
PrismFAQ
Returns the difference between <Start Time> and <End Time> in years, quarters, months, days, hours,
minutes and seconds respectively. YDiff, QDiff and MDiff always return whole numbers, while the rest
may return fractions.

Examples

Consider the following raw data:

Store Start Time End Time Amount


Store A February 1, 2007 10:00am February 1, 2007 07:00pm 100
Store B February 1, 2007 09:00am February 1, 2007 08:35pm 200
Store C February 1, 2007 10:30am February 1, 2007 05:00pm 300

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctDateDiff.aspx[12/21/2009 8:25:55 PM]


Date Difference Functions

Results:

Store YDiff( [Start Time],[End Time] QDiff MDiff(...) DDiff(,,,) HDiff (...) MnDiff(...) SDiff(...)
) (...)
Store 0 0 0 0.38 9 540 32400
A
Store 0 0 0 0.48 11.58 695 41700
B
Store 0 0 0 0.27 6.50 390 23400
C

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/ctDateDiff.aspx[12/21/2009 8:25:55 PM]


Measured Aggregation Functions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Measured Aggregation Functions


Table of Contents Measured Aggregation Functions evaluates a Measure or a Custom Measure over a list of values, and
aggregates the resulting values.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Syntax
Creating PrismCubed Applications
AggregationType( <Value List>, <Measure> )
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
What are Custom Measures? Parameters
The Formula Editor <Value List> : A Dimension or a Filter
Creating a New Custom Measure
Renaming a Custom Measure
<Measure> : A Measure or Custom Measure
Editing a Custom Measure's Form
Deleting a Custom Measure
Formulas Description
Overview
Evaluates <Measure> for each member in <Value List> and:
Simple Arithmetics
Aggregations
Value Aggregation Functio
Measured Aggregation Fun Aggregation Type Description
Counting Filter Members Sum Returns the total value
Measured Values (Scoped Me Avg (Average) Returns the average value
Running To-Date Totals and A
Min (Minimum) Returns the minimal value
Rolling Totals and Averages
Max (Maximum) Returns the maximal value
Growth From Previous/Paralle
Contribution Calculations
Date Difference Functions
Sharing, Distribution and Security Example 1
Exporting
Assuming [Days] is a 'Days' level of a Time Dimension and Sales is a Measure:
Widgets
PrismFAQ
Avg([Days], [Sales]) will calculate average sales per day.

Example 2

Assuming [Top 5 Customers by Sales] is a Top Ranking filter and Sales is a Measure:

Sum([Top 5 Customers by Sales], [Sales]) will calculate the total sales for the 5 customers with
the most sales.

Home

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldAggregations/ctAggregatingFilters.aspx[12/21/2009 8:26:12 PM]


Measured Aggregation Functions

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldAggregations/ctAggregatingFilters.aspx[12/21/2009 8:26:12 PM]


Counting Filter Members

Existing Customer Register

Search

Counting Filter Members


Table of Contents The Count function allows you to count the number of Members returned by a Filter.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed? Syntax
Before You Start Count( <Filter> )
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Parameters
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte <Filter> : A Filter.
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
What are Custom Measures?
Description
The Formula Editor
Creating a New Custom Measure Returns the number of Members (unique values) returned by <Filter>.
Renaming a Custom Measure
Editing a Custom Measure's Form
Deleting a Custom Measure
Formulas
Overview
Simple Arithmetics
Aggregations
Value Aggregation Functio
Measured Aggregation Fun
Counting Filter Members
Measured Values (Scoped Me
Running To-Date Totals and A
Rolling Totals and Averages
Growth From Previous/Paralle
Contribution Calculations
Date Difference Functions
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldAggregations/ctCountingMembers.aspx[12/21/2009 8:26:45 PM]


Adding a New Contact

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding a New Contact


Table of Contents To add a new contact, click Add Contact in the Contact Management window:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Finally, type in the contact details and click Add the save.
Sharing, Distribution and Securit
Managing Contacts (Users)
Managing Contacts (Users)
Adding a New Contact
Importing Contacts From GM
Importing Contacts From Out
Importing Contacts From Yah
Importing Contacts From Hot
Editing a Contact
Deleting a Contact
Distributing Read-Only Dashboa
Applying User Permissions to a D
Including Database Login Creden
Including Custom Filters and Me
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/fldManagingContacts/ctAddNewContact.aspx[12/21/2009 8:26:57 PM]


Importing Contacts From GMail

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing Contacts From GMail


Table of Contents To import contacts from GMail, click Import in the Contact Management window:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Select 'Gmail' in the Source dropdown list, type in your GMail credentials and click Get Contacts.
Sharing, Distribution and Securit
Managing Contacts (Users)
Managing Contacts (Users)
Adding a New Contact
Importing Contacts From GM
Importing Contacts From Out
Importing Contacts From Yah
Importing Contacts From Hot
Editing a Contact
Deleting a Contact
Distributing Read-Only Dashboa
Applying User Permissions to a D
Including Database Login Creden
Choose the contacts you wish to import, and click OK to finish.
Including Custom Filters and Me
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/fldManagingContacts/ctGmail.aspx[12/21/2009 8:27:12 PM]


Importing Contacts From GMail

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/fldManagingContacts/ctGmail.aspx[12/21/2009 8:27:12 PM]


Importing Contacts From Outlook

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing Contacts From Outlook


Table of Contents To import contacts from Outlook, click Import in the Contact Management window:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Select 'Outlook' in the Source dropdown list and click Get Contacts.
Sharing, Distribution and Securit
Managing Contacts (Users)
Managing Contacts (Users)
Adding a New Contact
Importing Contacts From GM
Importing Contacts From Out
Importing Contacts From Yah
Importing Contacts From Hot
Editing a Contact
Deleting a Contact
Distributing Read-Only Dashboa
After doing this, Outlook's security mechanism may show you the following
Applying User Permissions to a D warning window, letting you know that an application is trying to access its
Including Database Login Creden resources.
Including Custom Filters and Me
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Do not be concerned, this is just SiSense Prism trying to access Outlook


contacts before import. To allow the import operation to work, make sure you
mark the 'Allow access for' checkbox, select a sufficient time for the import
process to complete and click Allow.

Choose the contacts you wish to import, and click OK to finish.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/fldManagingContacts/ctOutlook.aspx[12/21/2009 8:27:26 PM]


Importing Contacts From Outlook

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/fldManagingContacts/ctOutlook.aspx[12/21/2009 8:27:26 PM]


Importing Contacts From Yahoo Mail

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing Contacts From Yahoo Mail


Table of Contents To import contacts from Yahoo, click Import in the Contact Management window:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Select 'Yahoo Mail' in the Source dropdown list, type in your Yahoo Mail credentials and click Get
Sharing, Distribution and Securit
Contacts.
Managing Contacts (Users)
Managing Contacts (Users)
Adding a New Contact
Importing Contacts From GM
Importing Contacts From Out
Importing Contacts From Yah
Importing Contacts From Hot
Editing a Contact
Deleting a Contact
Distributing Read-Only Dashboa
Applying User Permissions to a D
Including Database Login Creden
Including Custom Filters and Me Choose the contacts you wish to import, and click OK to finish.
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/fldManagingContacts/ctImportYahoo.aspx[12/21/2009 8:27:41 PM]


Importing Contacts From Yahoo Mail

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/fldManagingContacts/ctImportYahoo.aspx[12/21/2009 8:27:41 PM]


Importing Contacts From Hotmail

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing Contacts From Hotmail


Table of Contents To import contacts from Hotmail, click Import in the Contact Management window:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Select 'Hotmail' in the Source dropdown list, type in your Hotmail credentials and click Get Contacts.
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Sharing, Distribution and Securit
Managing Contacts (Users)
Managing Contacts (Users)
Adding a New Contact
Importing Contacts From GM
Importing Contacts From Out
Importing Contacts From Yah
Importing Contacts From Hot
Editing a Contact
Deleting a Contact
Choose the contacts you wish to import, and click OK to finish.
Distributing Read-Only Dashboa
Applying User Permissions to a D
Including Database Login Creden
Including Custom Filters and Me
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/fldManagingContacts/ctImportHotmail.aspx[12/21/2009 8:27:51 PM]


Importing Contacts From Hotmail

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/fldManagingContacts/ctImportHotmail.aspx[12/21/2009 8:27:51 PM]


Editing a Contact

Existing Customer Register

Search

Editing a Contact
Table of Contents To edit an existing contact, select it in the Contact Management window and click Edit:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Sharing, Distribution and Securit
Managing Contacts (Users)
Managing Contacts (Users)
Adding a New Contact
Importing Contacts From GM Change the contact details as needed, and click Update to save.
Importing Contacts From Out
Importing Contacts From Yah
Importing Contacts From Hot
Editing a Contact
Deleting a Contact
Distributing Read-Only Dashboa
Applying User Permissions to a D
Including Database Login Creden
Including Custom Filters and Me
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/fldManagingContacts/ctEditContact.aspx[12/21/2009 8:28:01 PM]


Deleting a Contact

Existing Customer Register

Search

Deleting a Contact
Table of Contents To delete contacts, select the contacts you wish to remove and click on Remove Selected.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
To delete all contacts, click on Remove All.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Sharing, Distribution and Securit
Managing Contacts (Users)
Managing Contacts (Users)
Adding a New Contact
Importing Contacts From GM
Importing Contacts From Out
Importing Contacts From Yah
Importing Contacts From Hot
Editing a Contact
Deleting a Contact
Distributing Read-Only Dashboa
Applying User Permissions to a D
Including Database Login Creden
Including Custom Filters and Me
Allowing Viewers to Synchronize
ctManage_package_users
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDistribution/fldManagingContacts/ctDeleteContacts.aspx[12/21/2009 8:28:11 PM]


Binding Pivot Tables to Data

Existing Customer Register

Search

Binding Pivot Tables to Data


See Also
Table of Contents
A Pivot Table has four panels in the Widget Data Editor:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Rows: Members placed on this panel will make up the rows of the Pivot Table.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Columns: Members placed on this panel will make up the fields (columns) of the Pivot Table.
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Measures: The Measures whose values are shown in the Pivot Table.
Exporting
Widgets
Overview Background: The Members that slice the data, but will not show as rows or fields.
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Any Dimension, Group or Filter can be placed on all panels except for the Measures panel that
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
accepts Measures only.
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
Formatting and Layout Placing data on the Background panel while data from the same Dimension is placed on either
Adding Sub-totals and Grand totals Rows or Columns panels will result in intersection operation between the two panels. Only
Adding a Calculated Field Members appearing in both will be returned.
Adding Quick Date/Time Formulas
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
The order in which fields appear is determined by the order of their appearance in the panel. You
Switching Between Rows and Colum
can reorder the fields by clicking on the appropriate Dimension and dragging it to its new location.
Creating a Chart From a Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

See Also
The Widget Data Editor

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctBindingToData.aspx[12/21/2009 8:28:24 PM]


Binding Pivot Tables to Data

Binding Widgets to Data

Filter Behavior in Pivot Tables

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctBindingToData.aspx[12/21/2009 8:28:24 PM]


Sorting Fields

Existing Customer Register

Search

Sorting Fields
Table of Contents Sorting Field Values Alphabetically

Introduction Sorting of rows alphabetically is done by right-clicking a dimensional field and navigating to Sort. If the
What's New In PrismCubed? 'Keep Member Grouping' option is enabled, sorting is only done within the group. If it is disabled, sorting
Before You Start will be performed on rows regardless of grouping.
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields Sorting Field Values By Cells
Formatting and Layout
Sorting of rows alphabetically is done by right-clicking a value (Measure) field and navigating to Sort. If
Adding Sub-totals and Grand
the 'Keep Member Grouping' option is enabled, sorting is only done within the group. If it is disabled,
Adding a Calculated Field
sorting will be performed on rows regardless of grouping.
Adding Quick Date/Time Form
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and
Creating a Chart From a Pivot
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctSorting.aspx[12/21/2009 8:28:36 PM]


Applying a Filter On a Field

Existing Customer Register

Search

Applying a Filter On a Field


See Also
Table of Contents
To filter Members from a field, right-click on a dimensional field and navigate to Filter->Apply Filter.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start To clear a Filter, navigate to Filter->Clear Filter.
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
Applying a Filter On a Field
Filter Behavior in Pivot Tables
Formatting and Layout
Adding Sub-totals and Grand totals
See Also
Adding a Calculated Field
Filter By Criteria
Adding Quick Date/Time Formulas
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and Colum Top Ranking and Bottom Ranking Filters
Creating a Chart From a Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs) Top Percentile and Bottom Percentile
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Exclude
Rich Text Box
Images
Filter Behavior in Pivot Tables
Panels
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/fldFiltering/ctApplyFilter.aspx[12/21/2009 8:28:47 PM]


Changing Colors and Fonts

Existing Customer Register

Search

Changing Colors and Fonts


See Also
Table of Contents
To change font for a selected range, choose the appropriate font from the Font Picker:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and To change text color for a selected range, click on the Text Color button in the main
Sharing, Distribution and Security application toolbar:
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields To change fill color for a selected range, click on the Fill Color button the main application
Filtering Fields toolbar:
Formatting and Layout
Changing Colors and Fonts
Changing Field Value Format (Cu
Date/Time Formatting
Renaming Fields
Auto Width and Auto Height
Adding Sub-totals and Grand totals
Selecting Entire Fields/Rows
Adding a Calculated Field
Adding Quick Date/Time Formulas To select an entire field or row, right-click on it and navigate to Select Entire Column/Row.
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and Colum
Creating a Chart From a Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

Selecting Value Cells

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/fldFormatting/ctFieldFormatting.aspx[12/21/2009 8:28:59 PM]


Changing Colors and Fonts

To select a range of value cells, simply on one of the value cells. Only entire columns can be
selected in this case.

Selecting Members

To select a Member, simply click on it. All appearances of this Member will be selected.

Selecting Rows Starting From a Specific Field

To select a row starting from a specific field, hover over the left-most side of the field Member until
an arrow pointing right icon appears and click. For similar behavior with fields, hover over the top-
most area of the field Member until an arrow icon pointing down appears.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/fldFormatting/ctFieldFormatting.aspx[12/21/2009 8:28:59 PM]


Changing Colors and Fonts

See Also
Formatting

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/fldFormatting/ctFieldFormatting.aspx[12/21/2009 8:28:59 PM]


Adding Sub-totals and Grand totals

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding Sub-totals and Grand totals


Table of Contents To add sub-totals, right-click on a dimensional fields, navigate to Sub Totals and choose the sub-total
type. Sub-totals are calculated within the groupings of preceding fields.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Sum: The total of the group
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Avg: The average of the group
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte Min: The minimum value in the group
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Max: The maximal value in the group
Exporting
Widgets
Count: The number of Members in the group
Overview
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
Formatting and Layout
Adding Sub-totals and Grand
Adding a Calculated Field
Adding Quick Date/Time Form
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and
Creating a Chart From a Pivot
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
Examples
PrismFAQ

Consider the following data:

[Date] [Store] [Sales]


April Store A 10
April Store B 20
May Store A 30
May Store B 40

Adding sub-totals to the [Store] field will yield the following results:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctSubtotals.aspx[12/21/2009 8:29:13 PM]


Adding Sub-totals and Grand totals

[Date] [Store] [Sales]


April Store A 10
April Store B 20
April SUM 30 {10+20}
April AVG 15 {(10+20)/2}
April MIN 10 {April/Store A}
April MAX 20 {May/Store B}
May Store A 30
May Store B 40
May SUM 70 {30+40}
May AVG 35 {(30+40)/2}
May MIN 30 {May/Store A}
May MAX 40 {May/Store B}

Adding sub-totals to the [Date] field, will yield the grand total results:

[Date] [Store] [Sales]


April Store A 10
April Store B 20
May Store A 30
May Store B 40
SUM 100 {10+20+30+40}
AVG 25 {(10+20+30+40)/2}
MIN 10 {April/Store A}
MAX 40 {May/Store B}

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctSubtotals.aspx[12/21/2009 8:29:13 PM]


Adding a Calculated Field

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding a Calculated Field


See Also
Table of Contents
Introduction
To create a new calculated field, select an existing Measure field and click on the < > button in the
What's New In PrismCubed?
Formula Editor. Enter the requested formula and click ENTER. The new field will be created
immediately after the initially clicked field.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
Formatting and Layout
Adding Sub-totals and Grand totals
Adding a Calculated Field
Adding Quick Date/Time Formulas
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and Colum
Creating a Chart From a Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Before adding the calculated field, you will be asked to give the field a name.
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

See Also
The Formula Editor

Formulas

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctCalcField.aspx[12/21/2009 8:29:25 PM]


Adding a Calculated Field

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctCalcField.aspx[12/21/2009 8:29:25 PM]


Adding Quick Date/Time Formulas

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding Quick Date/Time Formulas


See Also
Table of Contents
To add a Quick Date/Time formula, right-click a Measure field and navigate to Quick Formulas to
Introduction
apply a formula on it.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
Formatting and Layout
Adding Sub-totals and Grand totals
Adding a Calculated Field
Adding Quick Date/Time Formulas
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and Colum
Creating a Chart From a Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctQuickFormulas.aspx[12/21/2009 8:29:59 PM]


Adding Quick Date/Time Formulas

Quick Formula Description


Growth Growth from previous period, or same period previous year|quarter|month
Difference Difference from previous period, or same period previous year|quarter|month
Contribution Contribution of current period to its year|quarter|month
Running Sum Running total, year|quarter|month to current period
Running Average Running average, year|quarter|month to current period
Rolling Sum Rolling total, 'n' periods back until the current period
Rolling Average Rolling average, 'n' periods back until the current period

The Quick Formulas menu will only be available when there is a Calendar Date
Dimension (or Filter) either on the Rows or Columns panels. Calendar Date Dimensions
are marked with < > in the Data Browser.

See Also
Formulas

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctQuickFormulas.aspx[12/21/2009 8:29:59 PM]


Adding In-Cell Data Bars

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding In-Cell Data Bars


Table of Contents Data bars are useful for identifying peaks in cell values.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
To add databars, select the required field :
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
Formatting and Layout
Adding Sub-totals and Grand
Adding a Calculated Field
Adding Quick Date/Time Form
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and
Creating a Chart From a Pivot
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
Finally, click on the Data Bars button in the main application toolbar.
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctDataBars.aspx[12/21/2009 8:30:12 PM]


Switching Between Rows and Columns

Existing Customer Register

Search

Switching Between Rows and Columns


Table of Contents To switch data between the Rows and Columns panels, hover over the pivot, click on the Properties
button and navigate to Switch Axes.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
Formatting and Layout
Adding Sub-totals and Grand
Adding a Calculated Field
Adding Quick Date/Time Form
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and
Creating a Chart From a Pivot
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctSwitchAxes.aspx[12/21/2009 8:30:26 PM]


Creating a Chart From a Pivot Table

Existing Customer Register

Search

Creating a Chart From a Pivot Table


Table of Contents To create a chart that will be linked to the Pivot Table, click on the Properties button and navigate to
Create Linked Chart. The new chart will always remain updated with the Pivot Table data.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
Formatting and Layout
Adding Sub-totals and Grand
Adding a Calculated Field
Adding Quick Date/Time Form
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and
Creating a Chart From a Pivot
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/ctLinkedChart.aspx[12/21/2009 8:30:37 PM]


Changing Field Value Format (Currency, Percent, etc)

Existing Customer Register

Search

Changing Field Value Formats (Currency, Percent, etc)


See Also
Table of Contents
To change a selected field's value to currency, click on the Currency button in the main
Introduction
application toolbar:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security To change a selected field's value to percentage, click on the Percentage button in the
Exporting main application toolbar:
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
To change a selected field's value to regular format (thousands separator), click
Formatting and Layout on the Regular Format button in the main application toolbar:
Changing Colors and Fonts
Changing Field Value Format (Cu
Date/Time Formatting
Renaming Fields
Auto Width and Auto Height
Adding Sub-totals and Grand totals
Adding a Calculated Field
To increase a selected field's decimal precision, click on the Increase Decimal button in
Adding Quick Date/Time Formulas
the main application toolbar:
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and Colum
Creating a Chart From a Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images To decrease a selected field's decimal precision, click on the Decrease Decimal button
Panels in the main application toolbar:
PrismFAQ

Selecting Entire Fields/Rows

To select an entire field or row, right-click on it and navigate to Select Entire Column/Row.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/fldFormatting/ctChangeValueFormat.aspx[12/21/2009 8:30:50 PM]


Changing Field Value Format (Currency, Percent, etc)

Selecting Value Cells

To select a range of value cells, simply on one of the value cells. Only entire columns can be
selected in this case.

See Also
Changing Colors and Fonts

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/fldFormatting/ctChangeValueFormat.aspx[12/21/2009 8:30:50 PM]


Date/Time Formatting

Existing Customer Register

Search

Date/Time Formatting
Table of Contents To change a time field's format, right click on it and navigate to Date & Time Formatting, then select the
required format.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
Formatting and Layout
Changing Colors and Fonts
Changing Field Value Form Date & Time formatting can only be performed on Calendar Time Dimensions, marked with <
Date/Time Formatting > in the Data Browser.
Renaming Fields
Auto Width and Auto Heig
Adding Sub-totals and Grand
Adding a Calculated Field
Adding Quick Date/Time Form
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and
Creating a Chart From a Pivot
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/fldFormatting/ctDateTimeFormat.aspx[12/21/2009 8:31:01 PM]


Renaming Fields

Existing Customer Register

Search

Renaming a Field
Table of Contents To rename a field, double-click on it and type in a new name.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
Formatting and Layout
Changing Colors and Fonts
Changing Field Value Form
Date/Time Formatting
Renaming Fields
Auto Width and Auto Heig
Adding Sub-totals and Grand
Adding a Calculated Field
Adding Quick Date/Time Form
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and
Creating a Chart From a Pivot
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/fldFormatting/ctRenamingFields.aspx[12/21/2009 8:31:13 PM]


Auto Width and Auto Height

Existing Customer Register

Search

Auto Width and Auto Height


Table of Contents To configure auto-size properties, click on the Properties button and navigate to Widget Size:

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start Option Description
Managing Data Sources Width Automatically adjusts width to fit data
Browsing Data
Height Automatically adjusts height to fit data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Both Automatically adjusts both width and height to fit data
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Disable Width and height remain static
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
What are Pivot Tables?
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
Formatting and Layout
Changing Colors and Fonts
Changing Field Value Form
Date/Time Formatting
Renaming Fields
Auto Width and Auto Heig
Adding Sub-totals and Grand
Adding a Calculated Field
Adding Quick Date/Time Form
Adding In-Cell Data Bars
Switching Between Rows and
Creating a Chart From a Pivot
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/fldFormatting/ctPivotSize.aspx[12/21/2009 8:31:27 PM]


Binding Single Value Indicators to Data

Existing Customer Register

Search

Binding Single Value Indicators to Data


See Also
Table of Contents
A Single Value Indicator has two panels in the Widget Data Editor:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Measure: The Measure to calculate.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Background: The indicator's value will be calculated only in the scope of Members or Filters in
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
this panel.
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
What are Single Value Indicators?
Binding Single Value Indicators to D
Round Scale Indicator
Rectangular Scale Indicator
Round Numeric Indicator
Rectangular Numeric Indicator
Round Led Light Indicator
Traffic Light Indicator
Configuring Indicator Threadholds
See Also
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
The Widget Data Editor
Rich Text Box
Images Binding Widgets to Data
Panels
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctKpiData.aspx[12/21/2009 8:31:42 PM]


Round Scale Indicator

Existing Customer Register

Search

Round Scale Indicators


See Also
Table of Contents
Round Scale Indicators are used to visualize values in the form of a speedometer, where the needle
Introduction
indicates the current value. They contain the following components:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
What are Single Value Indicators?
Binding Single Value Indicators to D
Round Scale Indicator
Rectangular Scale Indicator
Round Numeric Indicator
Rectangular Numeric Indicator
Round Led Light Indicator
Traffic Light Indicator
Configuring Indicator Threadholds
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Formatting
Panels
PrismFAQ * To change the color of the needle, needle center, scale or background: Click

on the corresponding area and select a color from the Fill Color Menu < > in the main
application toolbar.

* To change the color of the border: Click on somewhere in the background area and select

a color from the Border Color Menu < > in the main application toolbar.

* To set thresholds and colors, see Configuring Indicator Thresholds.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctRoundScale.aspx[12/21/2009 8:32:00 PM]


Round Scale Indicator

See Also
Configuring Indicator Thresholds

Formatting and Layout

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctRoundScale.aspx[12/21/2009 8:32:00 PM]


Rectangular Scale Indicator

Existing Customer Register

Search

Rectangular Scale Indicators


See Also
Table of Contents
Rectangular Scale indicators are used to visualize values in the form of a thermometer, where the
Introduction
needle indicates the current value. They contain the following components:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
What are Single Value Indicators?
Binding Single Value Indicators to D
Formatting
Round Scale Indicator
Rectangular Scale Indicator * To change the color of the scale's background or Widget background: Click on the
Round Numeric Indicator
corresponding area and select a color from the Fill Color Menu < > in the main application
Rectangular Numeric Indicator
toolbar.
Round Led Light Indicator
Traffic Light Indicator
Configuring Indicator Threadholds
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator * To change the color of the scale: Click on it and select a color from the Border Color
Rich Text Box
Images Menu < > in the main application toolbar.
Panels
PrismFAQ

* To change the color of the border: Click on somewhere in the background area and select

a color from the Border Color Menu < > in the main application toolbar.

* To set thresholds and colors, see Configuring Indicator Thresholds.

See Also
Configuring Indicator Thresholds

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctRectScale.aspx[12/21/2009 8:32:19 PM]


Rectangular Scale Indicator

Formatting and Layout

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctRectScale.aspx[12/21/2009 8:32:19 PM]


Round Numeric Indicator

Existing Customer Register

Search

Round Numeric Indicators


See Also
Table of Contents
Round Numeric indicators are a formatted circle with the current value showing in the middle. They
Introduction
contain the following components:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
What are Single Value Indicators?
Binding Single Value Indicators to D To change the color of the background: Click on it and select a color from the Fill Color
Round Scale Indicator
Rectangular Scale Indicator Menu < > in the main application toolbar.
Round Numeric Indicator
Rectangular Numeric Indicator
Round Led Light Indicator
Traffic Light Indicator
To change the color of the border: Click on it and select a color from the Border Color Menu
Configuring Indicator Threadholds
Selectors < > in the main application toolbar.
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ
To apply currency, percentage or regular formatting: Click on the value area and click

the currency < >, percentage < > or regular formatting < > buttons in the main application
toolbar.

To increase or decrease decimal precision: Click on the value area and click the Increase

Decimal < > or Decrease Decimal < > buttons in the main application toolbar.

To change the font: Click on the value area and select the font from the Font Picker in the main
application toolbar.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctRoundNumeric.aspx[12/21/2009 8:32:34 PM]


Round Numeric Indicator

See Also
Formatting and Layout

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctRoundNumeric.aspx[12/21/2009 8:32:34 PM]


Rectangular Numeric Indicator

Existing Customer Register

Search

Rectangular Numeric Indicators


Table of Contents Rectangular Numeric indicators are a formatted rectangle with the current value in the middle.
They contain the following components:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs) To change the color of the background: Click on it and select a color from the Fill Color Menu <
What are Single Value Indicat
Binding Single Value Indicato > in the main application toolbar.
Round Scale Indicator
Rectangular Scale Indicator
Round Numeric Indicator
Rectangular Numeric Indicato
To change the color of the border: Click on it and select a color from the Border Color Menu <
Round Led Light Indicator
Traffic Light Indicator > in the main application toolbar.
Configuring Indicator Threadh
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
To apply currency, percentage or regular formatting: Click on the value area and click
Images
Panels
the currency < >, percentage < > or regular formatting < > buttons in the main application
PrismFAQ
toolbar.

To increase or decrease decimal precision: Click on the value area and click the Increase

Decimal < > or Decrease Decimal < > buttons in the main application toolbar.

To align the value text to the left, right or center: Click on the value area and click the

corresponding Align Left < >, Align Right < > or Align Center < > button in the main application
toolbar.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctRectNumeric.aspx[12/21/2009 8:32:51 PM]


Rectangular Numeric Indicator

To change the font: Click on the value area and select the font from the Font Picker in the main
application toolbar.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctRectNumeric.aspx[12/21/2009 8:32:51 PM]


Round Led Light Indicator

Existing Customer Register

Search

Led Light Indicators


See Also
Table of Contents
Led Light indicators light up in different colors according to specified thresholds. They contain the
Introduction
following components:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
To change the color of the border: Click on it and select a color from the Border Color Menu
What are Single Value Indicators?
< > in the main application toolbar.
Binding Single Value Indicators to D
Round Scale Indicator
Rectangular Scale Indicator
Round Numeric Indicator
Rectangular Numeric Indicator * To set thresholds and colors, see Configuring Indicator Thresholds.
Round Led Light Indicator
Traffic Light Indicator
Configuring Indicator Threadholds
See Also
Selectors
Configuring Indicator Thresholds
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctRoundLight.aspx[12/21/2009 8:33:07 PM]


Traffic Light Indicator

Existing Customer Register

Search

Traffic Light Indicators


See Also
Table of Contents
Traffic lights Indicators turn on one of three lights when the value is within the particular light's
Introduction
configured threshold. They contain the following components:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
What are Single Value Indicators? To change the color of the background: Click on it and select a color from the Fill Color
Binding Single Value Indicators to D
Round Scale Indicator
Menu < > in the main application toolbar.
Rectangular Scale Indicator
Round Numeric Indicator
Rectangular Numeric Indicator
Round Led Light Indicator To change the color of the border: Click on it and select a color from the Border Color Menu
Traffic Light Indicator
Configuring Indicator Threadholds < > in the main application toolbar.
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
To set thresholds and colors: See Configuring Indicator Thresholds.
Panels
PrismFAQ

See Also
Configuring Indicator Thresholds

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctTrafficLight.aspx[12/21/2009 8:33:19 PM]


Configuring Indicator Threadholds

Existing Customer Register

Search

Configuring Indicator Thresholds


Table of Contents To set thresholds values and colors for indicators that support it, hover with the mouse over the indicator,
click on the Widget Properties button and navigate to Preferences.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
What are Single Value Indicat
Binding Single Value Indicato
Round Scale Indicator In the Threshold tab, you can define ranges and colors for the thresholds. Click OK to save.
Rectangular Scale Indicator
Round Numeric Indicator
Rectangular Numeric Indicato
Round Led Light Indicator
Traffic Light Indicator
Configuring Indicator Threadh
Selectors
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctThresholds.aspx[12/21/2009 8:33:46 PM]


Configuring Indicator Threadholds

Component Description
1 Set indicator boundaries automatically based on the current value
2 Set indicator boundaries manually by providing start and end values
3 Define the number of ranges
4 The value multiplier is used to shorten the numbers shown on a scale
5 Add/Remove a range
6 The currently configured ranges
7 The range start value
8 The range end value
9 The range color
10 Use gradient colors for the range, starting and ending at specified colors

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldKPIs/ctThresholds.aspx[12/21/2009 8:33:46 PM]


Binding Selectors to Data

Existing Customer Register

Search

Binding Selectors to Data


See Also
Table of Contents
A Selector has two panels in the Widget Data Editor:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Items: The items of the Selector, which can come from a Dimension, a Group or a Filter.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Background: Only Members that intersect with the Filters in this panel will be available in the
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Selector.
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
What are Selectors?
Binding Selectors to Data
Members Picker (Drop Down List)
Date Picker
Date Range Picker
Text Search
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
See Also
Images
The Widget Data Editor
Panels
PrismFAQ
Binding Widgets to Data

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldSelectors/ctSelectorData.aspx[12/21/2009 8:33:59 PM]


Members Picker (Drop Down List)

Existing Customer Register

Search

Members Picker (Drop Down List)


See Also
Table of Contents
A Members Picker is used to select one or more Members from a list.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security You can configure settings in the Preferences menu:
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
What are Selectors?
Binding Selectors to Data
Members Picker (Drop Down List)
Date Picker
Date Range Picker
Text Search
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ

Option Description
Show Total Show/Hide the 'All Members' item
Show Drop-Down Show/Hide drop-down button
Area
Selection Type Single selection / Multiple selection
First Member Always select the first member after refresh
Last Member Always select the last member after refresh
Change Picker To Convert to Date Picker or Date Range Picker (for Calendar Date
Dimensions only)

See Also
The Widgets Pane

Binding Selectors to Data

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldSelectors/ctDropDown.aspx[12/21/2009 8:34:13 PM]


Members Picker (Drop Down List)

Connecting a Widget to Another Widget

Formatting and Layout

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldSelectors/ctDropDown.aspx[12/21/2009 8:34:13 PM]


Date Picker

Existing Customer Register

Search

Date Picker
See Also
Table of Contents
Date Pickers are used to select one or more dates within a single month.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
To save the selection, click Apply.
What are Selectors?
Binding Selectors to Data
Members Picker (Drop Down List)
Date Picker
Date Range Picker Date Pickers can only be used with Calendar Date Dimensions, marked with the < > icon
Text Search in the Data Browser.
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
See Also
Panels
PrismFAQ The Widgets Pane

Binding Selectors to Data

Connecting a Widget to Another Widget

Formatting and Layout

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldSelectors/ctDatePicker.aspx[12/21/2009 8:34:25 PM]


Date Range Picker

Existing Customer Register

Search

Date Range Picker


See Also
Table of Contents
Date Range Pickers are used to select a range of dates, starting and ending at specified periods.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors The save the selection,click Apply.
What are Selectors?
Binding Selectors to Data
Members Picker (Drop Down List)
Date Range Pickers can only be used with Calendar Date Dimensions, marked with the <
Date Picker > icon in the Data Browser.
Date Range Picker
Text Search
Calendar Daily Indicator See Also
Rich Text Box
The Widgets Pane
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ
Binding Selectors to Data

Connecting a Widget to Another Widget

Formatting and Layout

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldSelectors/ctDateRangePicker.aspx[12/21/2009 8:34:37 PM]


Text Chart

Existing Customer Register

Search

Text Search
See Also
Table of Contents
Text Search Selectors are used to select Members based on text search patterns.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security To configure the search type, click on the Properties button and navigate to Search Type.
Exporting
Widgets
To Show/Hide the search button, navigate to Show Find Button.
Overview
The Pivot Table
Single Value Indicators (KPIs)
Selectors
What are Selectors?
Binding Selectors to Data
Members Picker (Drop Down List)
Date Picker
Date Range Picker
Text Search
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
PrismFAQ
Search Type Description
Contains (default) Return Members containing the input value
Doesn't Contain Return Members containing the input value
Doesn't End With Return Members not ending with the input value
Doesn't Start With Return Members not starting with the input value
Ends With Return Members not ending with the input value
Equals Return Members equal to the input value
Not Equal Return Members not equal to the input value
Starts With Return Members starting with the input value

Text Search Selectors only work with text Dimensions, marked with the < > icon in the
Data Browser.

See Also
The Widgets Pane

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldSelectors/ctTextSearch.aspx[12/21/2009 8:34:49 PM]


Text Chart

Binding Selectors to Data

Connecting a Widget to Another Widget

Formatting and Layout

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldSelectors/ctTextSearch.aspx[12/21/2009 8:34:49 PM]


Defining ElastiCube Table Elements

Existing Customer Register

Search

Defining ElastiCube Table Elements


See Also
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed? Table Elements Explained
Before You Start The most fundamental elements in an ElastiCube project are tables. Table elements represent tabular data that will

Managing Data Sources be imported into the ElastiCube from an external source like a database or a file. Table elements provide a visual
representation of a table that will be imported into an ElastiCube. It is visualized as a rectangular box with a collection
What are Data Sources?
of fields inside it. When a table element is first created, it contains all the fields that exist in the source table it was
Before You Create a Data Source
created from.
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
The ElastiCube Project Manager
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Project
ElastiCube Project Files (*.ecube)
Tables, Fields and Relationships
Defining ElastiCube Table Elem
Relationships and Merged Fie
Adding Fields to Table Elemen
HOW TO: Add Tables to an Ela
Field Function Reference
Handling Relationship Cycles
Changing Table Source Conne
Building and Deploying ElastiCub
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers Adding Table Elements
ElastiCube Performance Tips Adding a new table elements is done from the Add Data menu available in the main toolbar:
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/ctAddTablesOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:35:08 PM]


Defining ElastiCube Table Elements

Please see step by step instructions on how to connect to SQL Server, Oracle and MySQL,
Microsoft Access, Microsoft Excel and Text/CSV Files.

Source Connectivity Properties

These properties define where the source data for the table element resides and how to access it. Because table
elements are initially created by connecting to external tables, the default values of these properties are the ones
provided during the creation process.

Property Description
Source Server address The address of the database server / location of the database file
Source Database name The name of the source database / file where the data is stored
Source Table name The name of the source table where the data is stored
Source Type The type of data (SQL Server, Excel, etc)

- To view the current source connectivity property values, hover with the mouse over the icon.
- To change source connectivity property values, navigate to the Build->Change Connectivity Settings option in the
main toolbar.

Table Element Import Properties

The initial properties of an added table element are set to import an identical image of the source table into the
ElastiCube. This means table and field names are the same, as well as each field's particular data type and size.
These properties can be changed from within the table element.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/ctAddTablesOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:35:08 PM]


Defining ElastiCube Table Elements

Table and Field Naming


The names of tables and fields can be changed from their source name. Changing the name of a table or field will
not require you to change these names at the source. These properties simply define how the table and field names
will be displayed inside the ElastiCube.

- To change the name of a table element, double-click the name area at the top of the table.
- To change the name of a field, right-click the require field and type in the new name in the 'Name' box.

Field Visibility
When a field is set to invisible, it will not be imported from the source. Toggle this setting by clicking the checkbox to
the immediate left of the field name.

Field Data Type and Size


To change the data type and/or size of a field from it's original settings, right-click the field and set the required values
in the Data Type and Data Size boxes

Descriptive Text Fields


Text fields are the worst types of fields in terms of query performance. When a field is of type text, particularly of long
size, grouping and aggregation operations performed on it may take longer to process than the same operation
conducted on a field of type integer. Disabling the 'Descriptive' option on a text field will force the ElastiCube to
replace unique text values in the field with unique integer-based keys, significantly improving queries involving these
fields.

See Also
Relationships and Merged Fields

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/ctAddTablesOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:35:08 PM]


Defining ElastiCube Table Elements

Adding Custom Fields to Table Elements


Handling Relationship Cycles

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/ctAddTablesOverview.aspx[12/21/2009 8:35:08 PM]


Relationships and Merged Fields

Existing Customer Register

Search

Relationships and Merged Fields


See Also
Table of Contents
Relationships define how separate table elements are logically connected to each other. Relationships in an
Introduction ElastiCube can be used to determine a calculation path between any table element to any other. A relationship is
What's New In PrismCubed? defined between multiple fields in multiple separate tables. It indicates that two fields, even though they are placed in
Before You Start separate tables, are in fact the same field containing the same types of values.
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
- To create a relationship between to field, click on the first field and move the mouse over to the second field while
The Data Sources Selection List
still holding the left mouse button. Both fields must be of the same type.
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview Understanding Relationships
The ElastiCube Project Manager In the example below, the schema represents an ElastiCube made up of three tables: ProductSubcategory, Product
Local and Shared ElastiCubes and SalesOrderDetail. The first two tables have a relationship on the ProductSubcategoryID field and the last two
Creating an ElastiCube Project tables have a relationship on the ProductID field. In effect that means that the SubcategoryID field is a shared field
ElastiCube Project Files (*.ecube) for the ProductSubcategory and Product tables and that the ProductID field is a shared field for the Product and
Tables, Fields and Relationships SalesOrderDetails table.

Defining ElastiCube Table Elem


Relationships and Merged Fie
Adding Fields to Table Elemen
HOW TO: Add Tables to an Ela
Field Function Reference
Handling Relationship Cycles
Changing Table Source Conne
Building and Deploying ElastiCub
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

These relationships make up a path through which navigation is possible between each of the individual table to each

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/ctTableRelationships.aspx[12/21/2009 8:35:22 PM]


Relationships and Merged Fields

of the others. This is called a fully-connected ElastiCube and in such cases every field in the ElastiCube can
be calculated in the scope of any other, regardless of what physical table it belongs to.

For example, to calculate the total unit price (from SalesOrderDetail) for each product sub-category (from
ProductSubcategory) the ElastiCube will collect all subcategory IDs existing in the ProductSubcategory table and
match each of them to a product ID in the Product table with the same subcategory ID. Next, each product ID is
matched to a unit price in the SalesOrderDetail table over the ProductID field. The result of this process is the total
unit price for each product subcategory.

Semi-Connected ElastiCubes
ElastiCubes where some tables or disconnected from the rest are also valid and these types are called semi-
connected ElastiCubes. However, trying to performing queries involving fields that are not connected to each other
by some path will yield and error.

See Also
Defining ElastiCube Table Elements
Adding Custom Fields to Table Elements

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/ctTableRelationships.aspx[12/21/2009 8:35:22 PM]


Adding Fields to Table Elements

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding Custom Fields to Table Elements


See Also
Table of Contents
Custom fields are fields whose values are based on expressions. Adding a new custom field can be
Introduction
done by clicking the "New Custom Field" button. See below:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
The ElastiCube Project Manager
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Project
ElastiCube Project Files (*.ecube)
Tables, Fields and Relationships
Defining ElastiCube Table Elem
Relationships and Merged Fie
Adding Fields to Table Elemen
HOW TO: Add Tables to an Ela
Field Function Reference
Handling Relationship Cycles Field expessions are formulas according to which a custom field's value is determined. To set the
Changing Table Source Conne field's expression, double-click on it. This can also be achieved by right-clicking on a field and
Building and Deploying ElastiCub clicking on the Edit Expression button.
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips Field expressions are made up of a combination of functions, fields, operators and costants.
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Example: [Profit] = [Sales] - [Cost]
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
The value of the field Profit is calculated by substracting the corresponding value in the [Cost] field
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
from the value in the Sales field.
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets See Also
PrismFAQ Mathematical Functions
Date/Time Functions
String/Text functions
Conditional functions
Miscellaneous functions

Home

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/ctCustomFields.aspx[12/21/2009 8:35:36 PM]


Adding Fields to Table Elements

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/ctCustomFields.aspx[12/21/2009 8:35:36 PM]


Changing Table Source Connectivity Settings

Existing Customer Register

Search

Changing Table Source Connectivity Settings


It is possible to change the connectivity settings of one or more table elements. This is useful when the location and/or
Table of Contents
naming of databases/tables/files had been changed since the ElastiCube project was created.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
To open the Connectivity Settings window, navigate to Build->Change Connectivity Settings:
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
ElastiCube Project Files (*.e
Tables, Fields and Relation
Defining ElastiCube Tab
Relationships and Merg Hovering with the mouse over a database element will show the Change Source Database button that will allow you to
Adding Fields to Table change the server address, login information and the database name or file name for all tables under
HOW TO: Add Tables to that database/file.
Field Function Reference
Handling Relationship C
Changing Table Source
Building and Deploying Ela
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Hovering with the mouse over a table element will show two options:
Widgets
PrismFAQ 1. Change Source Table: Change the name of the source table.
2. Refresh Table Fields: Synchronize the table's fields list with the existing connectivity information.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/ctchangeconnectivity.aspx[12/21/2009 8:35:55 PM]


Changing Table Source Connectivity Settings

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/ctchangeconnectivity.aspx[12/21/2009 8:35:55 PM]


Importing and Exporting ElastiCube Data

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing and Exporting ElastiCube Data


See Also
Table of Contents
Importing and exporting ElastiCubes allows porting of ElastiCubes from one machine to another.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
- To export and ElastiCube right-click the ElastiCube Server Manager tray icon, navigate to the required ElastiCube
Managing Data Sources
item and choose 'Export'. Finally, select a name for the export file. The extension of the file will be ecdata.
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
- To import an ElastiCube right-click the ElastiCube Server Manager tray icon, choose 'Import' and select the require
The Data Sources Selection List
ecdata file.
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained See Also
ElastiCubes Overview Abacus ElastiCube Server Manager

ElastiCubes - Technical Overview


The ElastiCube Project Manager
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Project
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Abacus ElastiCube Server Manag
Importing and Exporting ElastiCu
Attaching and Detaching an Elast
Changing the ElastiCube Data Dir
Deleting an ElastiCube
Starting and Stopping an ElastiCu
Viewing ElastiCube Size and Prop
Stopping the ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctServerManager/ctimportec.aspx[12/21/2009 8:36:11 PM]


Attaching and Detaching an ElastiCube Directory

Existing Customer Register

Search

Attaching and Detaching an ElastiCube Directory


See Also
Table of Contents
Attaching and detaching an ElastiCube directory allows changing the physical location of the ElastiCube's data
Introduction directory. Detaching an ElastiCube will unregister it from the server but not delete the data directory.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
- To detach an ElastiCube directory, right-click the ElastiCube Server Manager tray icon, navigate to the required
What are Data Sources?
ElastiCube item and select 'Detach'.
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
- To attach to an ElastiCube directory, right-click the ElastiCube Server Manager tray icon, choose 'Attach' and select
Creating Live Data Sources the required directory path.
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview See Also
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
Abacus ElastiCube Server Manager

The ElastiCube Project Manager


Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Project
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Abacus ElastiCube Server Manag
Importing and Exporting ElastiCu
Attaching and Detaching an Elast
Changing the ElastiCube Data Dir
Deleting an ElastiCube
Starting and Stopping an ElastiCu
Viewing ElastiCube Size and Prop
Stopping the ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctServerManager/ctattachec.aspx[12/21/2009 8:36:25 PM]


Changing the ElastiCube Data Directory

Existing Customer Register

Search

Changing the ElastiCube Data Directory


See Also
Table of Contents
To change the default directory where ElastiCube data is saved, right-click the ElastiCube Server Manager tray-icon
Introduction and choose 'Change data directory'.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
This change will only affect ElastiCubes created after this action is performed. To change the directory for an existing
What are Data Sources?
ElastiCube, see Attaching and Detaching an ElastiCube Directory.
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources See Also
Creating Imported Data Sources Abacus ElastiCube Server Manager
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
The ElastiCube Project Manager
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Project
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Abacus ElastiCube Server Manag
Importing and Exporting ElastiCu
Attaching and Detaching an Elast
Changing the ElastiCube Data Dir
Deleting an ElastiCube
Starting and Stopping an ElastiCu
Viewing ElastiCube Size and Prop
Stopping the ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctServerManager/ctchangeecdir.aspx[12/21/2009 8:36:43 PM]


Deleting an ElastiCube

Existing Customer Register

Search

Deleting an ElastiCube
See Also
Table of Contents
To delete an ElastiCube right-click the ElastiCube Server Manager tray icon, navigate to the requested ElastiCube
Introduction and choose 'Delete'.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources See Also
What are Data Sources?
Abacus ElastiCube Server Manager

Before You Create a Data Source


The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
The ElastiCube Project Manager
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Project
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Abacus ElastiCube Server Manag
Importing and Exporting ElastiCu
Attaching and Detaching an Elast
Changing the ElastiCube Data Dir
Deleting an ElastiCube
Starting and Stopping an ElastiCu
Viewing ElastiCube Size and Prop
Stopping the ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctServerManager/ctdeleteec.aspx[12/21/2009 8:36:56 PM]


Starting and Stopping an ElastiCube

Existing Customer Register

Search

Starting and Stopping an ElastiCube


See Also
Table of Contents
To start/stop an ElastiCube right-click the ElastiCube Server Manager tray icon, navigate to the requested ElastiCube
Introduction item and choose Start/Stop.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Note: A stopped ElastiCube will automatically start when a connection to it is attempted.
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List See Also
Creating Live Data Sources Abacus ElastiCube Server Manager
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
The ElastiCube Project Manager
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Project
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Abacus ElastiCube Server Manag
Importing and Exporting ElastiCu
Attaching and Detaching an Elast
Changing the ElastiCube Data Dir
Deleting an ElastiCube
Starting and Stopping an ElastiCu
Viewing ElastiCube Size and Prop
Stopping the ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctServerManager/ctstartstopec.aspx[12/21/2009 8:37:11 PM]


Viewing ElastiCube Size and Properties

Existing Customer Register

Search

Viewing ElastiCube Size and Properties


See Also
Table of Contents
To view the technical properties of a particular ElastiCube right-click the ElastiCube Server Manager tray icon,
Introduction navigate to the requested ElastiCube item and click 'Properties'.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Available properties:
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List Property Description
Creating Live Data Sources Size The total size of the ElastiCube data directory
Creating Imported Data Sources
Physical Location The path to the ElastiCube data directory
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
The ElastiCube Project Manager
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Project
Abacus ElastiCube Server See Also
Abacus ElastiCube Server Manag
Abacus ElastiCube Server Manager

Importing and Exporting ElastiCu


Attaching and Detaching an Elast
Changing the ElastiCube Data Dir
Deleting an ElastiCube
Starting and Stopping an ElastiCu
Viewing ElastiCube Size and Prop
Stopping the ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctServerManager/ctecprop.aspx[12/21/2009 8:37:24 PM]


Stopping the ElastiCube Server

Existing Customer Register

Search

Stopping the ElastiCube Server


See Also
Table of Contents
To stop the server right-click the ElastiCube Server Manager tray icon and choose 'Close Server'.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Note: Closing the server will stop all running ElastiCubes.
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List See Also
Creating Live Data Sources Abacus ElastiCube Server Manager
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overview
The ElastiCube Project Manager
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Project
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Abacus ElastiCube Server Manag
Importing and Exporting ElastiCu
Attaching and Detaching an Elast
Changing the ElastiCube Data Dir
Deleting an ElastiCube
Starting and Stopping an ElastiCu
Viewing ElastiCube Size and Prop
Stopping the ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/ctServerManager/ctstopserver.aspx[12/21/2009 8:37:36 PM]


Scheduled Builds

Existing Customer Register

Search

Scheduled Builds
To configure an ElastiCube to build and import data automatically on a scheduled basis, bring up the Scheduled Build
Table of Contents
window from the Build toolbar item:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
ElastiCube Project Files (*.e
Tables, Fields and Relation
Building and Deploying Ela
Building an ElastiCube
Scheduled Builds
This window presents several scheduling options:
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Option Description
Disable Do not automatically build the ElastiCube (default)
Time of day Build the ElastiCube daily, at a specified time
Days of week Build the ElastiCube on specific week days at a specified time
Day of month Build the ElastiCube monthly, at a specified date
Intervals Build the ElastiCube every specified time interval

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldBuildECube/ctscheduledbuild.aspx[12/21/2009 8:37:50 PM]


Scheduled Builds

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldBuildECube/ctscheduledbuild.aspx[12/21/2009 8:37:50 PM]


Adding a New Dimension to an Existing Data Source

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding a New Dimension or Measure to an Existing Data Source


Table of Contents To add new Dimensions from new Fields, navigate to Data->Edit Data Source Schema.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Cha New fields will appear in green.
Overview
Adding a New Dimension t
To create new Dimensions from these fields, mark the Dimension checkbox next to the
Mapping Existing Dimensio
appropriate field(s).
Broken Dimensions
Creating Imported Data Sources
To create new Measures from these fields, click on the Measures area and mark the needed
ElastiCubes Explained
Measure types.
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte Click OK to save changes.
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/flddatasourcechanges/ctNewFields.aspx[12/21/2009 8:38:02 PM]


Adding a New Dimension to an Existing Data Source

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/flddatasourcechanges/ctNewFields.aspx[12/21/2009 8:38:02 PM]


Mapping Existing Dimension to New Fields

Existing Customer Register

Search

Mapping Existing Dimensions to New Fields


Table of Contents To map existing Dimensions to new fields, navigate to Data->Edit Data Source Schema.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Cha Dimensions that are currently mapped to missing fields will appear in red. New fields that are not
Overview mapped to any Dimension will appear in green.
Adding a New Dimension t
Mapping Existing Dimensio
Broken Dimensions
Creating Imported Data Sources
To map an existing Dimension to a new field, click on the appropriate value in the Field Name
ElastiCubes Explained
column and choose the new field to map the Dimension to.
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte Click OK to save changes.
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/flddatasourcechanges/ctMappingFields.aspx[12/21/2009 8:38:14 PM]


Mapping Existing Dimension to New Fields

The new field must be of the same type as the original field in order to map an existing
Dimension to it.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/flddatasourcechanges/ctMappingFields.aspx[12/21/2009 8:38:14 PM]


Broken Dimensions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Mapping Existing Dimensions to New Fields


Broken Dimensions are Dimensions whose fields no longer appear in the Source. Data Sources with broken Dimensions
Table of Contents
are still functional, but using these Dimensions in dashboards will yield query errors.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
SQL Server
Oracle
MySQL
Analysis Services (OLAP)
ElastiCubes
Dealing With Data Source Cha
Overview
Adding a New Dimension t
Mapping Existing Dimensio
Broken Dimensions
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldliveds/flddatasourcechanges/ctBrokenDimensions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:38:27 PM]


Adding a New Dimension to an Existing Data Source

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding a New Dimension or Measure to an Existing Data Source


Table of Contents To add new Dimensions from new Fields, navigate to Data->Edit Data Source Schema.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

New fields will appear in green.

To create new Dimensions from these fields, mark the Dimension checkbox next to the
appropriate field(s).

To create new Measures from these fields, click on the Measures area and mark the needed
Measure types.

Click OK to save changes.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDsChange/ctNewFields.aspx[12/21/2009 8:38:40 PM]


Adding a New Dimension to an Existing Data Source

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDsChange/ctNewFields.aspx[12/21/2009 8:38:40 PM]


Mapping Existing Dimension to New Fields

Existing Customer Register

Search

Mapping Existing Dimensions to New Fields


Table of Contents To map existing Dimensions to new fields, navigate to Data->Edit Data Source Schema.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Dimensions that are currently mapped to missing fields will appear in red. New fields that are not
mapped to any Dimension will appear in green.

To map an existing Dimension to a new field, click on the appropriate value in the Field Name
column and choose the new field to map the Dimension to.

Click OK to save changes.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDsChange/ctMappingFields.aspx[12/21/2009 8:38:51 PM]


Mapping Existing Dimension to New Fields

The new field must be of the same type as the original field in order to map an existing
Dimension to it.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDsChange/ctMappingFields.aspx[12/21/2009 8:38:51 PM]


Broken Dimensions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Mapping Existing Dimensions to New Fields


Broken Dimensions are Dimensions whose fields no longer appear in the Source. Data Sources with broken Dimensions
Table of Contents
are still functional, but using these Dimensions in dashboards will yield query errors.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDsChange/ctBrokenDimensions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:39:02 PM]


Replacing Local Data Source Content with New Data

Existing Customer Register

Search

Replacing Data Source Content With New Data


See Also
Table of Contents
To replace content for an existing Data Source, select it in the Data Browser and navigate to Data-
Introduction
>Manage Data Source Content.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
Microsoft Excel
Text (CSV) Files
Google Spreadsheets
Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Storage Se
Handling Import Errors
Managing Imported Data Source Co
Overview
Replacing Local Data Source Con
Appending New Content to a Dat
This will bring up the Manage Data Source Content window:
Deleting Data Source Content
The Synchronization Time and De
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldimportcontent/ctReplaceContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:39:15 PM]


Replacing Local Data Source Content with New Data

Component Description
1 Define the action to perform (Replace, Append or Delete)
2 Select the location of the new source data
3 Description text for the new bulk (for future reference)

Click Replace to begin the process.

If the field structure for the new data is different from the old data
structure (new fields were added, fields were removed or renamed), the
Data Properties window will come up where you can set configurations
prior to replacing of data. See the appropriate section in Connecting To
Data for detailed explanation based on the format of the data you are
importing.

** If the new data has fields that do not exist in the old data, new
Dimensions/Measures will be automatically created for them.

** If the new data is missing fields that were bound to existing


Dimensions, you can map these Dimensions to new fields by clicking Edit.

See Also
Connecting To Data

Adding a New Dimension to an Existing Data Source

Mapping Existing Dimensions to New Fields

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldimportcontent/ctReplaceContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:39:15 PM]


Replacing Local Data Source Content with New Data

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldimportcontent/ctReplaceContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:39:15 PM]


Appending New Content to a Data Source

Existing Customer Register

Search

Appending New Content to an Existing Data Source


See Also
Table of Contents
To append new content to an existing Data Source, select it in the Data Browser and navigate to
Introduction
Data->Manage Data Source Content.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
Microsoft Excel
Text (CSV) Files
Google Spreadsheets
Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Storage Se
Handling Import Errors
Managing Imported Data Source Co
Overview
This will bring up the Manage Data Source Content window:
Replacing Local Data Source Con
Appending New Content to a Dat
Deleting Data Source Content
The Synchronization Time and De
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldimportcontent/ctAppendContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:39:28 PM]


Appending New Content to a Data Source

Component Description
1 Define the action to perform (Replace, Append or Delete)
2 Select the location of the new source data
3 Description text for the new bulk (for future reference)

Click Append to begin the process.

The new data must have exactly the same fields, in the same order, as the original data.

It is worth while giving a fresh bulk a descriptive name in the Description box. This tag
can be later used if you wish to delete this content or reference it through the Dimension
Description Dimension that is created automatically.

See Also
Connecting to Data

The Synchronization Time and Synchronization Description Dimensions

Deleting Data Source Content

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldimportcontent/ctAppendContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:39:28 PM]


Deleting Data Source Content

Existing Customer Register

Search

Deleting Data Source Content


See Also
Table of Contents
To delete content from a Data Source, navigate to Data->Manage Data Source Content:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
Microsoft Excel
Text (CSV) Files
Google Spreadsheets
Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Storage Se
Handling Import Errors
Managing Imported Data Source Co
This will bring up the Manage Data Source Content window:
Overview
Replacing Local Data Source Con
Appending New Content to a Dat
Deleting Data Source Content
The Synchronization Time and De
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Component Description

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldimportcontent/ctDeleteContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:39:39 PM]


Deleting Data Source Content

1 Define the action to perform (Replace, Append or Delete)


2 A list of append/replace operations performed, allowing you to delete some or all
content according to when it was imported or according to a descriptive name.

Click Delete to begin the process.

See Also
The Synchronization Time and Synchronization Description Dimensions

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldimportcontent/ctDeleteContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:39:39 PM]


The Synchronization Time and Description Dimensions

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Synchronization Time and Synchronization Description Dimensions


See Also
Table of Contents
When working with Imported Data Sources two new Dimensions are automatically added.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources? Synchronization Time - Indicates the time when the bulk was imported.
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Synchronization Description - Indicates the user specified name for the imported bulk.
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
Microsoft Excel
Text (CSV) Files
Google Spreadsheets These Dimensions can be used to delete specific bulks from the in-memory database, as well as
Amazon S3 Logs (Simple Storage Se reference these bulks instead of the entire data in your dashboards.
Handling Import Errors
Managing Imported Data Source Co
Overview
Replacing Local Data Source Con
Appending New Content to a Dat
Deleting Data Source Content
The Synchronization Time and De
ElastiCubes Explained
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
See Also
Local Data Sources and Live Data Sources
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldimportds/fldimportcontent/ctSynchronizationDim.aspx[12/21/2009 8:39:50 PM]


Local Data Sources and Live Data Sources

Existing Customer Register

Search

Local Data Sources and Live Data Sources


Table of Contents There are two kinds of Data Sources that can be created: Local Data Sources and Live Data Sources.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Local Data Sources are Data Sources whose data needs to be imported into a local in-memory
database before it can be used. Live Data Sources are Data Sources whose data can be queried
Before You Start
directly.
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure Here is a list of supported local and live Data Sources:
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Local Data Sources Microsoft Excel


Microsoft Access
Comma Separate Value files (CSV)
Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Logs
Google Spreadsheets
Live Data Sources Microsoft SQL Server
Oracle
MySQL
Microsoft Analysis Services (OLAP)

When a dashboard is created over a local Data Source, the data is imported from the source into an in-
memory database. Therefore, the dashboard file will also contain the imported raw data.

This is not true in the case of live Data Sources. When a dashboard is created over a live Data Source,
the source is queried directly for results and therefore the raw data is not included with the dashboard
file.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctLocalLiveDataSources.aspx[12/21/2009 8:40:02 PM]


Replacing Local Data Source Content with New Data

Existing Customer Register

Search

Replacing Data Source Content With New Data


See Also
Table of Contents
To replace content for an existing Data Source, select it in the Data Browser and navigate to Data-
Introduction
>Manage Data Source Content.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

This will bring up the Manage Data Source Content window:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDsContent/ctReplaceContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:40:14 PM]


Replacing Local Data Source Content with New Data

Component Description
1 Define the action to perform (Replace, Append or Delete)
2 Select the location of the new source data
3 Description text for the new bulk (for future reference)

Click Replace to begin the process.

If the field structure for the new data is different from the old data
structure (new fields were added, fields were removed or renamed), the
Data Properties window will come up where you can set configurations
prior to replacing of data. See the appropriate section in Connecting To
Data for detailed explanation based on the format of the data you are
importing.

** If the new data has fields that do not exist in the old data, new
Dimensions/Measures will be automatically created for them.

** If the new data is missing fields that were bound to existing


Dimensions, you can map these Dimensions to new fields by clicking Edit.

See Also
Connecting To Data

Adding a New Dimension to an Existing Data Source

Mapping Existing Dimensions to New Fields

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDsContent/ctReplaceContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:40:14 PM]


Replacing Local Data Source Content with New Data

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDsContent/ctReplaceContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:40:14 PM]


Appending New Content to a Data Source

Existing Customer Register

Search

Appending New Content to an Existing Data Source


See Also
Table of Contents
To append new content to an existing Data Source, select it in the Data Browser and navigate to
Introduction
Data->Manage Data Source Content.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

This will bring up the Manage Data Source Content window:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDsContent/ctAppendContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:40:30 PM]


Appending New Content to a Data Source

Component Description
1 Define the action to perform (Replace, Append or Delete)
2 Select the location of the new source data
3 Description text for the new bulk (for future reference)

Click Append to begin the process.

The new data must have exactly the same fields, in the same order, as the original data.

It is worth while giving a fresh bulk a descriptive name in the Description box. This tag
can be later used if you wish to delete this content or reference it through the Dimension
Description Dimension that is created automatically.

See Also
Connecting to Data

The Synchronization Time and Synchronization Description Dimensions

Deleting Data Source Content

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDsContent/ctAppendContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:40:30 PM]


Deleting Data Source Content

Existing Customer Register

Search

Deleting Data Source Content


See Also
Table of Contents
To delete content from a Data Source, navigate to Data->Manage Data Source Content:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

This will bring up the Manage Data Source Content window:

Component Description

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDsContent/ctDeleteContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:40:52 PM]


Deleting Data Source Content

1 Define the action to perform (Replace, Append or Delete)


2 A list of append/replace operations performed, allowing you to delete some or all
content according to when it was imported or according to a descriptive name.

Click Delete to begin the process.

See Also
The Synchronization Time and Synchronization Description Dimensions

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDsContent/ctDeleteContent.aspx[12/21/2009 8:40:52 PM]


Simple Selectors

Existing Customer Register

Search

Simple Selectors
Table of Contents Widgets whose fundamental functionality is to act as Selectors for other Widgets are called Simple
Selectors. These include:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Drop Down List
Managing Data Sources Allows for selecting one or more Members out of a list.
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Text Search Box

Allows for selecting Members according to text matching patterns.

Date Picker

Allows for selecting Members according to text matching patterns.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctConnectingaWidgetToAnotherWidget/ctSimpleSelectors.aspx[12/21/2009 8:41:09 PM]


Simple Selectors

Date Range Picker

Allows for selecting a range of dates, starting and ending at specified periods.

Right-Clicking on a selector Widget will open its context menu exposing additional options and
settings.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctConnectingaWidgetToAnotherWidget/ctSimpleSelectors.aspx[12/21/2009 8:41:09 PM]


Charts as Selectors

Existing Customer Register

Search

Charts as Selectors
Table of Contents
In order to change the selection in a Chart that is connected as a selector to another widget, you need to
Introduction
set the chart’s ‘Selection Mode’ on. This is done by clicking the following highlighted button:
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

When the ‘Selection Mode’ button is on, mouse clicks and movements on the chart will be used for
selecting the appropriate areas of the chart (to turn this off, click the button again).
Selecting within the label area (bottom) will select the Members within the selected area:

Selecting within the values area (left) will select the Members whose corresponding values fall within the
selected range of values:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctConnectingaWidgetToAnotherWidget/ctChartsAsSelectors.aspx[12/21/2009 8:41:21 PM]


Charts as Selectors

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldBuildingDashboards/ctConnectingaWidgetToAnotherWidget/ctChartsAsSelectors.aspx[12/21/2009 8:41:21 PM]


Measure Criteria

Existing Customer Register

Search

Measure Criteria
See Also
Table of Contents
Measure criteria let you filter Members by evaluating a Measure’s value for each of the Members,
Introduction
comparing the values to another specified value and deciding whether the Member fits the specified
What's New In PrismCubed?
condition.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters Examples:
What are Groups and Filters? - Filter customers whose sales (Measure) is greater than their cost (Measure)
Creating\Modifying a Group of Membe - Filter products for which sales (Measure) is greater than zero
Creating a Filter - Filter stores for which sales are greater than their cost in January 2008.
Creating a Filter
Filter By Criteria
Filter By Criteria
Measure Criteria
Comparing a Measure to an explicit numeric value
Value\Label Criteria
Attribute Criteria
Top Ranking and Bottom Ranking F
Top Percentile and Bottom Percentil
Exclude
Intersection
Union
Creating Filters Using Question Compo
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Comparing a Measure to another Measure
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Component Description
1 The Measure to compare (click to change selection)
2 The comparison operator to use (click to change selection)
3 The number or Measure to compare to

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/fldFilterByCriteria/ctMeasureCriteria.aspx[12/21/2009 8:41:33 PM]


Measure Criteria

4 Switch between ‘Compare to Numeric Value’ and ‘Measured Value’ modes


5 The Measure’s background (click to modify)
6 Add another criteria with an AND/OR logical operator

The Measure's Background

It is possible to restrict the calculation of the Measure’s value to the scope of specified Members.
This allows you to filter Members whose Sales in May-2008 are greater than some value.

To define the background (scope) of the Measure, click on the box titled ‘Click to define
background’, navigate to the relevant Dimensions and select the Members or Filters to use.

See Also
Filter By Criteria

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/fldFilterByCriteria/ctMeasureCriteria.aspx[12/21/2009 8:41:33 PM]


Value\Label Criteria

Existing Customer Register

Search

Value\Label Criteria
See Also
Table of Contents
Value and Label criteria let you filter Members according to their value. Value criteria apply to
Introduction
Dimensions with numeric-value Members and Label criteria apply to Dimension with text-value
What's New In PrismCubed?
Members.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters Examples:
What are Groups and Filters? - Filter product serial numbers that start with XXX
Creating\Modifying a Group of Membe - Filter products whose ID number is between 100 and 1000
Creating a Filter
Creating a Filter
Filter By Criteria
Filter By Criteria
Comparing Numeric Member value to Explicit Value
Measure Criteria
Value\Label Criteria
Attribute Criteria
Top Ranking and Bottom Ranking F
Top Percentile and Bottom Percentil
Exclude
Intersection
Union
Creating Filters Using Question Compo
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Component Description
1 The comparison operator to use (click to modify)
2 The explicit numeric value to compare to
3 Add another criteria with an AND/OR logical operator

Comparing Text Member value to Explicit Value

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/fldFilterByCriteria/ctValueCriteria.aspx[12/21/2009 8:41:44 PM]


Value\Label Criteria

Component Description
1 The comparison operator to use (click to modify)
2 The explicit text value to compare to
3 Add another criteria with an AND/OR logical operator

Comparison Expression Description


Contains Member value contains the specified text
Doesn’t Contain Member value does not contain the specified text
Doesn’t End With Member value does not end with the specified text
Doesn’t Start With Member value does not start with the specified text
Ends With Member value ends with the specified text
Equals Member value equals the specified text
Not Equal Member value does not equal the specified text
Start With Member value starts with the specified text

See Also
Filter By Criteria

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/fldFilterByCriteria/ctValueCriteria.aspx[12/21/2009 8:41:44 PM]


Attribute Criteria

Existing Customer Register

Search

Attribute Criteria
See Also
Table of Contents
Attribute criteria let you filter Members that intersect with Members from other Dimensions.
Introduction
Intersecting Members means that there is at least one row in the data that contains both the
What's New In PrismCubed?
Member from the filtered dimension and the Members specified in the criteria.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters Examples:
What are Groups and Filters? - Filter products who were sold to male customers
Creating\Modifying a Group of Membe - Filter products that were sold in January 2008.
Creating a Filter
Creating a Filter
Filter By Criteria
Filter By Criteria
To specify the intersection Members or Filters, click on the 'Intersecting With' box.
Measure Criteria
Value\Label Criteria
Attribute Criteria
Top Ranking and Bottom Ranking F
Top Percentile and Bottom Percentil
Exclude
Intersection
Union
Creating Filters Using Question Compo
Creating DateTime Expressions
Editing a Filter
Deleting a Group or Filter
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/fldFilterByCriteria/ctAttributeCriteria.aspx[12/21/2009 8:41:56 PM]


Attribute Criteria

See Also
Filter By Criteria

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableGroupsandFilters/fldCreateFilter/fldFilterByCriteria/ctAttributeCriteria.aspx[12/21/2009 8:41:56 PM]


The ALL Function

Existing Customer Register

Search

The ALL Function


Table of Contents This function represents all Members in a Dimension.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Syntax
Browsing Data
All( <Dimension> )
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure Parameters
What are Custom Measures?
<Dimension> : A Dimension.
The Formula Editor
Creating a New Custom Measure
Description
Renaming a Custom Measure
Editing a Custom Measure's Form Returns a single Member representing the aggregation of all Members in <Dimension>.
Deleting a Custom Measure
Formulas
Overview Example
Simple Arithmetics
Consider the following raw data:
Aggregations
Measured Values (Scoped Me
Measured Values (Scoped
The ALL Function Product Store Sales
The PREV, NEXT and PARA Shoes Store A 10
The YEAR, QUARTER, MON Shoes Store B 20
The RANGE Function
Shoes Store C 30
Running To-Date Totals and A
Shirt Store A 40
Rolling Totals and Averages
Growth From Previous/Paralle Shirt Store B 50
Contribution Calculations Pants Store A 60
Date Difference Functions Pants Store C 70
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets ( [Sales], ALL([Product]) ) = 280 {10+20+30+40+50+60+70}
PrismFAQ

( [Sales], [Shoes] ) / ( [Sales], ALL([Product]) ) = 0.214 {60/280}

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldMeasuredValues/ctAllFunction.aspx[12/21/2009 8:42:12 PM]


The PREV, NEXT and PARALLEL Functions

Existing Customer Register

Search

The PREV, NEXT and PARALLEL Functions


Table of Contents These functions return a time period Member that relate to the current Time period Member.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Syntax
Browsing Data
Current( <Dimension> )
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure Parameters
What are Custom Measures?
<Dimension> : A Dimension
The Formula Editor
Creating a New Custom Measure
Description
Renaming a Custom Measure
Editing a Custom Measure's Form Returns the Member in <Dimension> which is currently in context in the query.
Deleting a Custom Measure
Formulas
Overview Syntax
Simple Arithmetics
Prev( <Time Dimension> [, <N>] )
Aggregations
Measured Values (Scoped Me
Parameters
Measured Values (Scoped
The ALL Function <Time Dimension> : A Calendar Time Dimension
The PREV, NEXT and PARA
The YEAR, QUARTER, MON
<N> : Number of periods.
The RANGE Function
Running To-Date Totals and A
Rolling Totals and Averages
Description
Growth From Previous/Paralle Returns the Time period Member in <Time Dimension> which is N periods back from the current
Contribution Calculations Member.
Date Difference Functions
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting Syntax
Widgets
Next( <Time Dimension> [, <N>] )
PrismFAQ

Parameters

<Time Dimension> : A Calendar Time Dimension

<N> : Number of periods.

Description

Returns the Time period Member in <Time Dimension> which is N periods after the current Member.

Syntax

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldMeasuredValues/ctTimeMemberFunctions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:42:25 PM]


The PREV, NEXT and PARALLEL Functions

ParallelYear( <Time Dimension> [, <N>] )

ParallelQuarter( <Time Dimension> [, <N>] )

ParallelMonth( <Time Dimension> [, <N>] )

Parameters

<Time Dimension> : A Calendar Time Dimension

<N> : Number of periods.

Description

Returns the Time period Member in <Time Dimension> that reperents the same time period as the
current Member, in the previous year, quarter or month.

Examples

Consider the following raw data:

Time Sales
January 1, 2008 10
January 2, 2008 20
February 1, 2008 30
February 2, 2008 40
March 1, 2008 50

Results:

[Time [Sales] ( [Sales], Prev([Time Month]) ( [Sales], Next([Time Month])


Month] ) )
January 30 70
February 70 30 50
March 50 70

Growth Rate = ( [Sales], PREV([Time Month]) ) / ( [Sales], CURRENT([Time Month]) )

[Time Days] [Sales] ( [Sales], ParallelMonth([Time Days]) )


January 1, 2008 10
January 2, 2008 20
February 1, 2008 30 10
February 2, 2008 40 20
March 1, 2008 50 30

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldMeasuredValues/ctTimeMemberFunctions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:42:25 PM]


The PREV, NEXT and PARALLEL Functions

Difference from same day previous month =

( [Sales], CURRENT([Time Days]) ) - ( [Sales], PARALLELMONTH([Time Days]) )

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldMeasuredValues/ctTimeMemberFunctions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:42:25 PM]


The YEAR, QUARTER, MONTH and PARENT Functions

Existing Customer Register

Search

The YEAR, QUARTER, MONTH and PARENT Functions


Table of Contents These functions return a time period Member which is an ancestor of the current time Member.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Syntax
Browsing Data
Year( <Time Dimension> )
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure Quarter( <Time Dimension> )
What are Custom Measures?
The Formula Editor Month( <Time Dimension> )
Creating a New Custom Measure
Renaming a Custom Measure
Parameters
Editing a Custom Measure's Form
Deleting a Custom Measure <Time Dimension> : A Calendar Time Dimension.
Formulas
Overview Description
Simple Arithmetics
Returns the time period Member that is the year, quarter or month of the current <Time Dimension>
Aggregations
Member.
Measured Values (Scoped Me
Measured Values (Scoped
The ALL Function Syntax
The PREV, NEXT and PARA
The YEAR, QUARTER, MON Parent( <Time Dimension> )
The RANGE Function
Running To-Date Totals and A Parameters
Rolling Totals and Averages
<Time Dimension> : A Calendar Time Dimension.
Growth From Previous/Paralle
Contribution Calculations
Date Difference Functions Description
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Returns the time period Member that is the direct parent of the current <Time Dimension> Member.
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ Examples

Consider the following raw data:

Time Sales
February 1, 2008 10
February 2, 2008 20
March 1, 2008 30
March 2, 2008 40
April 1, 2008 50

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldMeasuredValues/ctTimeLevelFunctions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:42:36 PM]


The YEAR, QUARTER, MONTH and PARENT Functions

Results:

[Time [Sales] ( [Sales], Quarter([Time ( [Sales], Year([Time


Month] Month]) ) Month]) )
February 30 100 {30+70} 150 {30+70+50}
March 70 100 {30+70} 150 {30+70+50}
April 50 50 {50} 150 {30+70+50}

Contribution to year: ( [Sales], CURRENT([Time Month]) ) / ( [Sales], YEAR([Time Month]) )

Contribution to quarter: ( [Sales], CURRENT([Time Month]) ) / ( [Sales], QUARTER([Time


Month]) )

Contribution to parent: ( [Sales], CURRENT([Time Month]) ) / ( [Sales], PARENT([Time


Month]) )

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldMeasuredValues/ctTimeLevelFunctions.aspx[12/21/2009 8:42:36 PM]


The RANGE Function

Existing Customer Register

Search

The RANGE Function


See Also
Table of Contents
This function is used to define a scope of time in Measured Values.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Syntax
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Range( <Start Member>, <End Member> )
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
What are Custom Measures? Parameters
The Formula Editor
<Start Member> : A Date Member or Member Function
Creating a New Custom Measure
Renaming a Custom Measure
Editing a Custom Measure's Formula
<End Member> : A Date Member or Member Function
Deleting a Custom Measure
Formulas Description
Overview
Returns a Group of consecutive Members starting at <Start Member> and ending at <End Member>
Simple Arithmetics
Aggregations
Measured Values (Scoped Measures Examples
Measured Values (Scoped Measu
Total sales for January 2008 through March 2008:
The ALL Function
The PREV, NEXT and PARALLEL F
( [Sum Sales], RANGE([January 2008], [March 2008]) )
The YEAR, QUARTER, MONTH and
The RANGE Function
Running To-Date Totals and Averag
Rolling Totals and Averages
Growth From Previous/Parallel Perio Total sales starting one month back up until the current month:
Contribution Calculations
Date Difference Functions
([Sum Sales], RANGE(Prev([Time Month]),Current([Time Month)) )
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ See Also
The PREV, NEXT and PARALLEL Functions

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldCreatingReusableCustomMeasuresandKPIs/fldFormulas/fldMeasuredValues/ctRangeFunction.aspx[12/21/2009 8:42:48 PM]


Filter Behavior in Pivot Tables

Existing Customer Register

Search

Filter Behavior in Pivot Tables


Table of Contents Filters that use Measures to filter Members (Filter By Measure, Ranking Filters and Percentile Filters)
behave in a 'For Each' fashion when placed after other Fields in a Pivot. This means that they are
Introduction
applied separately on each Member from Dimensions appearing before it.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications To better understand this behavior, consider the following pivot data, that shows product sales per store:
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
[Store] [Product] [Sales]
Exporting
Store A Food 100
Widgets
Overview
Store A Drink 200
The Pivot Table Store B Food 400
What are Pivot Tables? Store B Drink 300
Binding Pivot Tables to Data
Sorting Fields
Filtering Fields
Applying the filter 'Sales Greater than 600' (Filter By Measure) on the [Store] field will yield the following
Applying a Filter On a Field
results:
Filter Behavior in Pivot Tab
Formatting and Layout
Adding Sub-totals and Grand
Adding a Calculated Field [Store] [Product] [Sales]
Adding Quick Date/Time Form Store B Food 400
Adding In-Cell Data Bars Store B Drink 300
Switching Between Rows and
Creating a Chart From a Pivot
Single Value Indicators (KPIs) Because the [Store] field is placed first, the Sales Measure in the filter is evaluated for each store without
Selectors regard to products (Store A=300, Store B=700).
Calendar Daily Indicator
Rich Text Box
Images
Panels
Similarly, applying the filter 'Top Store in terms of Sales' (Top Ranking) on the [Store] field will yield the
PrismFAQ
following results:

[Store] [Product] [Sales]


Store B Food 400
Store B Drink 300

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/fldFiltering/ctFilterBehaviour.aspx[12/21/2009 8:43:06 PM]


Filter Behavior in Pivot Tables

Applying the filter 'Sales Greater than or equal to 200' (Filter By Measure) on the [Product] field will yield
the following results:

[Store] [Product] [Sales]


Store A Drink 200
Store B Food 400
Store B Drink 300

Because the [Product] field is placed after the [Store] field, the Sales Measure in the filter is evaluated for
each product in the context of the store preceding it (Store A/Food=100, Store A/Drink=200, Store
B/Food=400, Store B/Drink=300).

Similarly, applying the filter 'Top Product in terms of Sales' (Top Ranking) will yield the following results:

[Store] [Product] [Sales]


Store A Drink 200
Store B Food 400

Note that each store has a different top selling product. This is because the Top Ranking filter on the
[Products] field is evaluated for each store individually.

Overriding This Behavior

If you wish a filter to be performed over all Members in a preceding field, instead of each Member
individually, specify the All Member for the preceding field in the Measure's background:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/fldFiltering/ctFilterBehaviour.aspx[12/21/2009 8:43:06 PM]


Filter Behavior in Pivot Tables

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldWidgets/fldPivot/fldFiltering/ctFilterBehaviour.aspx[12/21/2009 8:43:06 PM]


Adding Tables From a Database

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding Tables From a Database


Follow the steps below to add tables from SQL Server, MySQL or Oracle:
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
- Navigate to Add Data and select the type of database you wish to connect to.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
- In the connection window enter the server address and authentication properties. Click 'Connect to Server' to check the
The Data Sources Selection List
entered properties and get a list of databases available on that server. Select a database an click OK.
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
ElastiCube Project Files (*.e
Tables, Fields and Relation
Defining ElastiCube Tab
Relationships and Merg
Adding Fields to Table
HOW TO: Add Tables to
Adding Tables From
Adding Tables From
Adding Tables From
Adding Tables from
Field Function Reference
Handling Relationship C
Changing Table Source
Building and Deploying Ela
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
- In the database details window, select the tables you wish to add and click ADD to finish.
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldAddTables/ctAddDatabaseTable.aspx[12/21/2009 8:43:26 PM]


Adding Tables From a Database

When the 'Automatically create relationships from database' option is enabled, table relations
will be automatically created based on the Primary/Foreign key relationships defined in the
database. Depending on the structure of your data, this may cause relationship cycles that
may yield unexpected query results. Please see Handling Relationship Cycles from more
details.

Supported Versions and Prerequisites


Database Supported Prerequisites
Versions
SQL SQL Server None
Server 2000 and
higher
MySQL MySQL 5.0 None
and higher
Oracle Oracle 9i and Requires Oracle client connectivity components. You should be prompted
higher for this installation automatically. A downloadable version is available
here.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldAddTables/ctAddDatabaseTable.aspx[12/21/2009 8:43:26 PM]


Mathematical Functions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Mathematical Functions
ACOS(number)
Table of Contents
Returns the angle, in radians, whose cosine is the given number. Also referred to as arccosine.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed? ASIN(number)
Before You Start Returns the angle, in radians, whose sine is a given number. Also referred to as arcsine.
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources? ATAN(number)
Before You Create a Data Source Returns the angle in radians whose tangent is a given number. Also referred to as arctangent.

The Data Sources Selection List


CEILING(number)
Creating Live Data Sources
Returns the smallest integer that is greater than, or equal to, the a given number.
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
COS(number)
ElastiCubes Overview
Returns the trigonometric cosine of a given angle, in radians.
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
COSH(number)
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Returns the hyperbolic cosine of a given number.
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
ElastiCube Project Files (*.e COT(number)
Tables, Fields and Relation Returns the hyperbolic sine of a given number.
Defining ElastiCube Tab
Relationships and Merg DIV(number1, number2)
Adding Fields to Table Returns the number of times number2 fits completely in number1.
HOW TO: Add Tables to
Field Function Reference EXP(number)
Mathematical Functio Returns the exponential value of a given number.
Date/Time Functions
String/Text Function FLOOR(number)

Conditional Function Returns the largest integer less than or equal to the given numeric expression.

Miscellaneous Funct
ISINFINITY(number)
Handling Relationship C
Returns -1 if the number evaluates to negative infinity, 1 if it evaluates to positive infinity, and 0 otherwise.
Changing Table Source
Building and Deploying Ela
ISINTEGER(number)
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Returns whether a given number is a whole number.
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
LOG(number)
Changing Connection Properties
Returns the natural logarithm of a given number.
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data LOG10(number)
Creating PrismCubed Applications Returns the base-10 logarithm of the given float expression
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure MAXVAL(number1,number2)
Sharing, Distribution and Security Returns the highest of two numbers.
Exporting
Widgets MINVAL(number1,number2)
PrismFAQ Returns the smallest of two numbers.

MOD(number1,number2)
Returns the remainder of dividing number1 by number2 (modulo).

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldfieldfunctions/ctmathfuncs.aspx[12/21/2009 8:43:40 PM]


Mathematical Functions

PI()
Returns the constant value of the mathematical PI.

POWER(number1,number2)
Returns the value of the given number raised to a specified power.

RAND()
Returns a random number between 0 and 1.

ROUND(number,precision)
Returns the given number, rounded to a specified precision.

SIN(number)
Returns the trigonometric sine of a given angle, in radians.

SINH(number)
Returns the hyperbolic sine of a given number.

SQRT(number)
Returns the square root of a given number.

TAN(number)
Returns the tangent of a given number.

TANH(number)
Returns the hyperbolic tan of a given number.

TOBIGINT(string)
Converts a string reperesenting a valid BigInt value to BigInt type.

TODOUBLE(string)
Converts a string reperesenting a valid double value to Double type.

TOINT(string)
Converts a string reperesenting a valid Int value to Int type.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldfieldfunctions/ctmathfuncs.aspx[12/21/2009 8:43:40 PM]


Handling Relationship Cycles

Existing Customer Register

Search

Handling Relationship Cycles


Table of Contents
Introduction Calculation Paths
ElastiCubes are usually created from more than one table. In order to be able to perform calculations on fields that reside
What's New In PrismCubed?
in separate tables, a relationship must be defined between the tables so the calculation mechanism knows how to navigate
Before You Start
from one field to another. A calculation path is made up of all relationships leading from one table to another.
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
When a single possible path exists leading from one field to another, there is no issue. For example, performing a query
Before You Create a Data Source
involving the Customer Name and Amount field on the ElastiCube schema below can yield only one result as there is only
The Data Sources Selection List
one possible path leading from the Customer Name field to the Amount field.
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
ElastiCube Project Files (*.e
Tables, Fields and Relation
Defining ElastiCube Tab Relationship Cycles
Relationships and Merg In some cases, more than one path exists leading from one field to another. Sometimes this is due to poor database
design, and other times it is just a realistic necessity due to the way the data is structured. In such cases, there is no
Adding Fields to Table
absolute way to determine the require path to take when asking to calculate results.
HOW TO: Add Tables to
Field Function Reference
For example, in the ElastiCube schema below the Customer Name and Amount fields now have multiple paths between
Handling Relationship C
them:
Changing Table Source
- Customer ---> Sales History (over the Customer ID field)
Building and Deploying Ela
- Customer ---> Commercial (over the Customer ID field) ---> Sales History (over the Business ID field)
Abacus ElastiCube Server
- Customer ---> Private (over the Customer ID field) ---> Sales History (over the Customer ID field)
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/ctcycles.aspx[12/21/2009 8:43:53 PM]


Handling Relationship Cycles

Theoretically, any one of these possible paths could be the correct one in terms of the results you are trying to calculate.
When the calculation engine encounters numerous possible paths, it picks the path that has less impact, performance-wise,
on query processing:

1. The calculation engine would always prefer paths that have no many-to-many relationships. If all possible paths
contain many-to-many relationships, the path with the least number of this type of relationship is preferred. Similarly,
the engine would prefer one-to-one relastionships over one-to-many relationships.
2. If at the end of the first selection process more than one possible path still exists, the engine would prefer the path
containing the least number of tables
3. Finally, if numerous paths are still possible, one is picked at random.

Breaking Relationship Cycles


To assure the calculation engine takes the path you want it to take, the cycle must be broken. There are a few techniques
of doing this, depending on the required scenario.

Removing Relationships
One option is to remove one of the relationships causing the cycle. For example, removing the Customer ID relationship
from the Sales History table will eliminate the cycle. This approach is only applicable when the removed relationship is not
used by other queries.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/ctcycles.aspx[12/21/2009 8:43:53 PM]


Handling Relationship Cycles

Duplicating Table Elements


Duplicating table elements is also a method from breaking relationship cycles. In the example below, the Sales History
table was duplicated and named "Private Customers Sales History". In addition, the Customer ID relationship was removed
from the original Sales History table. This causes two separate Amount fields to be created, one for commercial customers
residing in the original Sales History table and one for private customers residing in the new Private Customrs Sales
history. Because the Customer ID relationship was removed from the original table, whichever field you use will determine
the correct calculation path.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/ctcycles.aspx[12/21/2009 8:43:53 PM]


Adding Tables From a Microsoft Access Database

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding Tables From a Microsoft Access Database


Follow the steps below to add tables from a Microsoft Access database
Table of Contents
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
- Navigate to Add Data and select Microsoft Access. Then, select the required database file.
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources? - In the database details window, select the tables you wish to add and click ADD to finish.
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
ElastiCube Project Files (*.e
Tables, Fields and Relation
Defining ElastiCube Tab
Relationships and Merg
Adding Fields to Table
HOW TO: Add Tables to
Adding Tables From
Adding Tables From
Adding Tables From
Adding Tables from
Field Function Reference
Handling Relationship C
Changing Table Source
Building and Deploying Ela
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications When the 'Automatically create relationships from database' option is enabled, table relations
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte will be automatically created based on the Primary/Foreign key relationships defined in the
Creating Reusable Custom Measure database.
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Supported Versions and Prerequisites
Widgets Both Access 2003 (*.mdb) and Access 2007 (*.accdb) files are supported.
PrismFAQ

Requires Microsoft Data Connectivity Components for Office 2007. These components are installed automatically when
installing Office 2007. If you are using an earlier version of office, you may get a message similar to the following:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldAddTables/ctAddAccess.aspx[12/21/2009 8:44:05 PM]


Adding Tables From a Microsoft Access Database

"Microsoft.ACE.OELDB.12.0' is not registered on the local machine"

In this case, you can download these components from the following link: http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?
FamilyID=7554F536-8C28-4598-9B72-EF94E038C891&displaylang=en

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldAddTables/ctAddAccess.aspx[12/21/2009 8:44:05 PM]


Adding Tables From an Excel Workbook

Search

Adding Tables From an Excel Workbook


Table of Contents Follow the steps below to add tables from a Microsoft Excel workbook

Introduction
- Navigate to Add Data and select Microsoft Excel. Then, select the required file.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
- In the Data Properties window, set required settings.
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
ElastiCube Project Files (*.e
Tables, Fields and Relation
Defining ElastiCube Tab
Relationships and Merg
Adding Fields to Table
HOW TO: Add Tables to
Adding Tables From
Adding Tables From
Adding Tables From
Adding Tables from
Component Description
Field Function Reference
1 Connect to a worksheet or a Named Range
Handling Relationship C
Changing Table Source 2 The name of the worksheet or Named Range

Building and Deploying Ela 3 When connecting to a worksheet, import data from the entire sheet
Abacus ElastiCube Server 4 When connecting to a worksheet, import data from an explicit range
Managing ElastiCube Servers
5 Use the first row in the data as names of fields
ElastiCube Performance Tips
6 Preview the data
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source 7 Show\Hide fields from the preview window

Browsing Data 8 Define the culture that will be used when parsing dates, numeric values and currencies
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure Before you click ADD to complete the process, make sure field types are set correctly. The type of a field directly
Sharing, Distribution and Security affects the type of Dimensions created on it, and therefore affects the type of analyses it can be used with. The type
Exporting of field is indicated by an icon which is placed next to its name in the Preview box:
Widgets
PrismFAQ Icon Meaning

Text field

Numeric field

Date/Time field

In some scenarios, the automatically assigned type for a field may be incorrect. If this happens, you can change the
field’s type manually by right-clicking the field header and setting the correct field type.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldAddTables/ctAddExcelFile.aspx[12/21/2009 8:44:15 PM]


Adding Tables From an Excel Workbook

SiSense. Shared Intelligence


Existing Customer
Register

Home
Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldAddTables/ctAddExcelFile.aspx[12/21/2009 8:44:15 PM]


Adding Tables from a Text/CSV File

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding Tables From a Text/CSV File


Follow the steps below to add tables from a text/CSV file.
Table of Contents
Introduction - Navigate to Add Data and select CSV file Then, select the required file.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start - In the Data Properties window, set required settings.
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
ElastiCube Project Files (*.e
Tables, Fields and Relation
Defining ElastiCube Tab
Relationships and Merg
Adding Fields to Table
HOW TO: Add Tables to
Adding Tables From
Adding Tables From
Adding Tables From
Adding Tables from
Field Function Reference
Component Description
Handling Relationship C
Changing Table Source 1 The delimiter separating the values in the files
Building and Deploying Ela 2 Use the first row in the data as names of fields
Abacus ElastiCube Server 3 Ignore first and/or last rows according to criteria
Managing ElastiCube Servers
4 Show\Hide fields from the preview window
ElastiCube Performance Tips
5 Preview the data
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source 6 Define the culture that will be used when parsing dates, numeric values and currencies
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting Before you click ADD to complete the process, make sure field types are set correctly. The type of a field directly affects
Widgets the type of Dimensions created on it, and therefore affects the type of analyses it can be used with. The type of field is
PrismFAQ indicated by an icon which is placed next to its name in the Preview box:

Icon Meaning
Text field

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldAddTables/ctAddCSV.aspx[12/21/2009 8:44:27 PM]


Adding Tables from a Text/CSV File

Numeric field
Date/Time field

In some scenarios, the automatically assigned type for a field may be incorrect. If this happens, you can change the field’s
type manually by right-clicking the field header and setting the correct field type.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldAddTables/ctAddCSV.aspx[12/21/2009 8:44:27 PM]


Date/Time Functions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Date/Time Functions
ADDYEARS(datetime, number)
Table of Contents
ADDQUARTERS(datetime, number)
Introduction ADDMONTHS(datetime, number)
What's New In PrismCubed? ADDDAYS(datetime, number)
Before You Start ADDHOURS(datetime, number)
Managing Data Sources ADDMINUTES(datetime, number)
What are Data Sources? ADDSECONDS(datetime, number)
Before You Create a Data Source Adds a given number of years|quarters|months|days|hours|minutes|seconds to a specified date/time.

The Data Sources Selection List


CREATEDATE(year,month,day)
Creating Live Data Sources
Creates a timestamp from a given year, month and day. Time is set to midnight.
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
CURRENTDATE()
ElastiCubes Overview
Returns the current date.
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
CURRENTTIME()
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Returns the current time.
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
ElastiCube Project Files (*.e CURRENTTIMESTAMP()
Tables, Fields and Relation Returns the current timestamp.
Defining ElastiCube Tab
Relationships and Merg GETYEAR(datetime)
Adding Fields to Table GETQUARTER(datetime)
HOW TO: Add Tables to GETMONTH(datetime)
Field Function Reference GETDAY(datetime)
Mathematical Functio GETHOUR(datetime)
Date/Time Functions GETMINUTE(datetime)
String/Text Function GETSECOND(datetime)

Conditional Function Returns a number that represents the year|quarter|month|day|hour|minute|second in a given date/time.

Miscellaneous Funct
DAYOFWEEK(datetime)
Handling Relationship C
Returns the day, out of seven days in a week, represented by a given date/time.
Changing Table Source
Building and Deploying Ela
DAYOFYEAR(datetime)
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Returns the day, out of 365 days in a year, represented by a given date/time.
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
WEEKOFYEAR(datetime)
Changing Connection Properties
Returns the week, out of 52 weeks in a year, represented by a given date/time.
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data DAYNAME(number)
Creating PrismCubed Applications Returns the name of the day represented by the given number.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure YEARDIFF(start,end)
Sharing, Distribution and Security QUARTERDIFF(start,end)
Exporting MONTHDIFF(start,end)
Widgets DAYDIFF(start,end)
PrismFAQ HOURDIFF(start,end)
MINUTEDIFF(start,end)
SECONDDIFF(start,end)
Returns the difference in years|quarters|months|days|hours|minutes|seconds

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldfieldfunctions/ctdatetimefunc.aspx[12/21/2009 8:44:39 PM]


Date/Time Functions

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldfieldfunctions/ctdatetimefunc.aspx[12/21/2009 8:44:39 PM]


String/Text Functions

Existing Customer Register

Search

String/Text Functions
ASCII(char)
Table of Contents
Returns the Int ascii code of a given character.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed? CHAR(number)
Before You Start Returns a character for a given ascii code.
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources? CONCAT(string1,string2)
Before You Create a Data Source Concatenates string1 and string2.
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
INDEXOF(string1,string2,n)
Returns the index of the n-occurence of string2 in string1.
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
INSERT(string1,string2,overrides,index)
ElastiCubes Overview
Inserts string2 into string1 at a specified index, possibly overriding a specified number characters in string1.
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
INSERTSTR(string1,string2,index)
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Inserts string2 into string1 at specified zero-based index.
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
ElastiCube Project Files (*.e ISNULLOREMPTY(string)
Tables, Fields and Relation Returns true if the string is null or empty.
Defining ElastiCube Tab
Relationships and Merg LEFT(string,length)
Adding Fields to Table Returns a substring of a specified length, starting at the first character.
HOW TO: Add Tables to
Field Function Reference LENGTH(string)
Mathematical Functio Returns the length of a given string.
Date/Time Functions
String/Text Function LOWER(string)
Conditional Function Returns a lowercase version of a given string.

Miscellaneous Funct
LTRIM(string)
Handling Relationship C
Removes whitespaces from the start of the string.
Changing Table Source
Building and Deploying Ela
REMOTEAT(string,index)
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Removes a character at a specified index from a given string.
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
REMOVERANGE(string,index,count)
Changing Connection Properties
Removes a specified number of characters from a given string starting at a specified index.
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data REPEAT(string,number)
Creating PrismCubed Applications Returns a concatenation of a string repeated a given number of time.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure REPLACEALL(string,oldstring,newstring)
Sharing, Distribution and Security Replaces all occurences of oldstring with newstring.
Exporting
Widgets RIGHT(string,length)
PrismFAQ Returns a substring of a specified length, end with the last character.

RTRIM(string)
Removes whitespaces from the end of the string.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldfieldfunctions/ctstringfuncs.aspx[12/21/2009 8:44:51 PM]


String/Text Functions

SOUNDEX(string)
Returns a four-character (SOUNDEX) code to evaluate the similarity of two objects.

STRBETWEEN(string, startstring, endstring)


Returns the substring contained between startstring and endstring.

STRPARTS(string,delimiter,n)
Returns the string delimited by a specified delimiter. The search ends after the n-occurence of the delimiter is found.

SUBSTRING(string,index,length)
Returns the substring of a specified length, starting at a specified index.

TOSTRING(object)
Converts a given value to a string.

TRIM(string)
Removes whitespaces from both ends of a string.

UPPER(string)
Returns an uppercase version of a given string.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldfieldfunctions/ctstringfuncs.aspx[12/21/2009 8:44:51 PM]


Conditional Functions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Conditional Functions
IIF(condition,true_value,false_value)
Table of Contents
Returns true_value if a given condition evaluates to true, otherwise returns false_value.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed? INRANGE(value,start,end)
Before You Start Returns true if a given value is between start and end.
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources? ISNULL(value)
Before You Create a Data Source Returns true if a given value is null.
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
ElastiCube Project Files (*.e
Tables, Fields and Relation
Defining ElastiCube Tab
Relationships and Merg
Adding Fields to Table
HOW TO: Add Tables to
Field Function Reference
Mathematical Functio
Date/Time Functions
String/Text Function
Conditional Function
Miscellaneous Funct
Handling Relationship C
Changing Table Source
Building and Deploying Ela
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldfieldfunctions/ctcondfunc.aspx[12/21/2009 8:45:05 PM]


Conditional Functions

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldfieldfunctions/ctcondfunc.aspx[12/21/2009 8:45:05 PM]


Miscellaneous Functions

Existing Customer Register

Search

Miscellaneous Functions
LOOKUP(remote_table,remote_result_column,remote_match_column,current_match_column)
Table of Contents
Matches the current value with another value from a remote table. The result will be the value in remote_result_column for
Introduction which the corresponding remote_match_column equals the current_match_column.
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
What are Data Sources?
Before You Create a Data Source
The Data Sources Selection List
Creating Live Data Sources
Creating Imported Data Sources
ElastiCubes Explained
ElastiCubes Overview
ElastiCubes - Technical Overv
The ElastiCube Project Manag
Local and Shared ElastiCubes
Creating an ElastiCube Projec
ElastiCube Project Files (*.e
Tables, Fields and Relation
Defining ElastiCube Tab
Relationships and Merg
Adding Fields to Table
HOW TO: Add Tables to
Field Function Reference
Mathematical Functio
Date/Time Functions
String/Text Function
Conditional Function
Miscellaneous Funct
Handling Relationship C
Changing Table Source
Building and Deploying Ela
Abacus ElastiCube Server
Managing ElastiCube Servers
ElastiCube Performance Tips
Changing Connection Properties
Adding\Removing a Data Source
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Home

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldfieldfunctions/ctmiscfuncs.aspx[12/21/2009 8:45:18 PM]


Miscellaneous Functions

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/flddatasources/fldECubes/fldCreatingECube/fldElastiCubeTables/fldfieldfunctions/ctmiscfuncs.aspx[12/21/2009 8:45:18 PM]


Introduction

Existing Customer Register

Search

Introduction
See Also
Table of Contents
You can connect and/or import data from a variety of different sources and use them in your dashboards.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start See Also
Managing Data Sources Local Data Sources and Live Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Connecting to a Microsoft SQL Server Table or View
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Connecting to an Oracle Table or View
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets Connecting to a MySQL Table or View
PrismFAQ
Connecting to a Microsoft Analysis Services (OLAP) Cube

Importing a Microsoft Excel Workbook

Importing a Microsoft Access Database File

Importing a Text (CSV) File

Importing a Google Spreadsheet

Importing Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Logs

Handling Import Errors

Changing Connection Properties

Adding\Removing a Data Source

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctIntroduction.aspx[12/21/2009 8:45:36 PM]


The Synchronization Time and Synchronization Description Dimensions

Existing Customer Register

Search

The Synchronization Time and Synchronization Description Dimensions


See Also
Table of Contents
When working with local Data Sources two new Dimensions are automatically added.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Synchronization Time - Indicates the time when the bulk was imported.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Synchronization Description - Indicates the user specified name for the imported bulk.
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ These Dimensions can be used to delete specific bulks from the in-memory database, as well as
reference these bulks instead of the entire data in your dashboards.

See Also
Local Data Sources and Live Data Sources

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldDsContent/ctSynchronizationDim.aspx[12/21/2009 8:45:49 PM]


Connecting to a Microsoft SQL Server Table or View

Existing Customer Register

Search

Connecting to a Microsoft SQL Server Table or View


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to connect to an SQL Server table or view:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to File->Create New Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications Source.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Connect to SQL Server 2000, by clicking on MS SQL Server 2000 or connect to SQL
Server 2005 or higher, by clicking on MS SQL Server 2005.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMsSql/ctSqlServer.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:07 PM]


Connecting to a Microsoft SQL Server Table or View

Set required connectivity information, including the server address, the username and
password as well as the name of the database you wish to connect to. Then click OK.

Finally, select the table or view from the list and click OK. To preview the table, enable
the Preview checkbox.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMsSql/ctSqlServer.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:07 PM]


Connecting to a Microsoft SQL Server Table or View

See Also
Supported Versions

Prerequisites

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMsSql/ctSqlServer.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:07 PM]


Connecting to an Oracle Table or View

Existing Customer Register

Search

Connecting to an Oracle Table or View


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to connect to an Oracle table or view:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to File->Create New Data
Browsing Data Source.
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Connect to Oracle 9i or higher, by clicking on Oracle 9i.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldOracle/ctOracle.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:18 PM]


Connecting to an Oracle Table or View

Set required connectivity information, including the server address, the username and
password as well as the name of the database you wish to connect to. Then click OK.

Finally, select the table or view from the list and click OK. To preview the table, enable
the Preview checkbox.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldOracle/ctOracle.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:18 PM]


Connecting to an Oracle Table or View

See Also
Supported Versions

Prerequisites

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldOracle/ctOracle.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:18 PM]


Connecting to a MySQL Table or View

Existing Customer Register

Search

Connecting to a MySQL Table or View


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to connect to a MySQL table or view:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to File->Create New Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications Source.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Connect to MySQL 5.0 or higher, by clicking on MySQL 5.0.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMySQL/ctMySQL.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:29 PM]


Connecting to a MySQL Table or View

Set required connectivity information, including the server address, the username and
password as well as the name of the database you wish to connect to. Then click OK.

Finally, select the table or view from the list and click OK. To preview the table, enable
the Preview checkbox.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMySQL/ctMySQL.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:29 PM]


Connecting to a MySQL Table or View

See Also
Supported Versions

Prerequisites

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMySQL/ctMySQL.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:29 PM]


Connecting to a Microsoft Analysis Services (OLAP) Cube

Existing Customer Register

Search

Connecting to a Microsoft Analysis Services (OLAP) Cube


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to connect to a Microsoft Analysis Services (OLAP) Cube:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to File->Create New Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications Source.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Connect to Analysis Services 2000 by clicking on MS Analysis Services (OLAP) 2000 or


connect to Analysis Services 2005 or higher, by clicking on MS Analysis Services (OLAP)
2005.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMSOlap/ctMSOlap.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:41 PM]


Connecting to a Microsoft Analysis Services (OLAP) Cube

Set required connectivity information, including the server address, the username and
password as well as the name of the database you wish to connect to. Then click OK.

Finally, select the desired cube from the list and click OK.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMSOlap/ctMSOlap.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:41 PM]


Connecting to a Microsoft Analysis Services (OLAP) Cube

To connect to an offline cube file (with the CUB extension), specify the file name instead
of a server name.

See Also
Supported Versions

Prerequisites

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldMSOlap/ctMSOlap.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:41 PM]


Importing a Microsoft Excel Workbook

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing a Microsoft Excel Workbook


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to import data from a Microsoft Excel Workbook:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to File->Create New Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications Source.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Connect to an Excel file by clicking on Excel and selecting the desired file. Excel 2003 files
usually have the extension XLS while Excel 2007 files usually have the extension XLSX.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldExcel/ctExcel.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:53 PM]


Importing a Microsoft Excel Workbook

Configure the data properties required to begin the import process.

Component Description
1 Connect to a worksheet or a Named Range
2 The name of the worksheet or Named Range
3 When connecting to a worksheet, import data from the entire sheet
4 When connecting to a worksheet, import data from an explicit range
5 Use the first row in the data as names of fields
6 Preview the data
7 Show\Hide fields from the preview window
8 Define the culture that will be used when parsing dates, numeric values and
currencies

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldExcel/ctExcel.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:53 PM]


Importing a Microsoft Excel Workbook

Before you click OK to complete the process, make sure field types are set correctly. The type
of a field directly affects the type of Dimensions created on it, and therefore affects the type of
analyses it can be used with. The type of field is indicated by an icon which is placed next to its
name in the Preview box:

Icon Meaning
Text field
Numeric field
Date/Time field

In some scenarios, the automatically assigned type for a field may be incorrect. If this happens, you
can change the field’s type manually by right-clicking the field header and setting the correct field
type.

See Also
Supported Versions

Prerequisites

Handling Import Errors

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldExcel/ctExcel.aspx[12/21/2009 8:46:53 PM]


Importing a Microsoft Access Database File

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing a Microsoft Access Database File


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to import data from a Microsoft Access database file:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to File->Create New Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications Source.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Connect to an Access databases file by clicking on MS Access and selecting the desired
file. Access 2003 files usually have the extension MDB while Access 2007 files usually have the
extension ACCDB.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldAccess/ctAccess.aspx[12/21/2009 8:47:07 PM]


Importing a Microsoft Access Database File

Select the table or view you wish to import. In this window you can also preview the
data.

Before you click OK to complete the process, make sure field types are set correctly. The type
of a field directly affects the type of Dimensions created on it, and therefore affects the type of
analyses it can be used with. The type of field is indicated by an icon which is placed next to its
name in the Preview box:

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldAccess/ctAccess.aspx[12/21/2009 8:47:07 PM]


Importing a Microsoft Access Database File

Icon Meaning
Text field
Numeric field
Date/Time field

In some scenarios, the automatically assigned type for a field may be incorrect. If this happens, you
can change the field’s type manually by right-clicking the field header and setting the correct field
type.

See Also
Supported Versions

Prerequisites

Handling Import Errors

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/fldAccess/ctAccess.aspx[12/21/2009 8:47:07 PM]


Importing a Text (CSV) File

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing a Text (CSV) File


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to import data from a text/CSV file:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to File->Create New Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications Source.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Connect to a CSV file by clicking on CSV File and selecting the desired file.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctCsv.aspx[12/21/2009 8:47:21 PM]


Importing a Text (CSV) File

Configure the data properties required to begin the import process.

Component Description
1 The delimiter separating the values in the files
2 Use the first row in the data as names of fields
3 Ignore first and/or last rows according to criteria
4 Show\Hide fields from the preview window
5 Preview the data
6 Define the culture that will be used when parsing dates, numeric values and
currencies

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctCsv.aspx[12/21/2009 8:47:21 PM]


Importing a Text (CSV) File

Before you click OK to complete the process, make sure field types are set correctly. The type
of a field directly affects the type of Dimensions created on it, and therefore affects the type of
analyses it can be used with. The type of field is indicated by an icon which is placed next to its
name in the Preview box:

Icon Meaning
Text field
Numeric field
Date/Time field

In some scenarios, the automatically assigned type for a field may be incorrect. If this happens, you
can change the field’s type manually by right-clicking the field header and setting the correct field
type.

See Also
Handling Import Errors

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctCsv.aspx[12/21/2009 8:47:21 PM]


Importing a Google Spreadsheet

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing a Google Spreadsheet


See Also
Table of Contents
Follow the steps below to import data from a Google Spreadsheet:
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to File->Create New Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications Source.
Creating Reusable Groups and Filters
Creating Reusable Custom Measures and
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Connect to a Google Spreadsheet by clicking on Google Spreadsheet.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctGoogleSpreadsheet.aspx[12/21/2009 8:47:49 PM]


Importing a Google Spreadsheet

Enter your Google account credentials and select the spreadsheet you wish to connect to.

Select the sheet you wish to import.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctGoogleSpreadsheet.aspx[12/21/2009 8:47:49 PM]


Importing a Google Spreadsheet

Component Description
1 Preview the data
2 Define the culture that will be used when parsing dates, numeric values and
currencies

Before you click OK to complete the process, make sure field types are set correctly. The type
of a field directly affects the type of Dimensions created on it, and therefore affects the type of
analyses it can be used with. The type of field is indicated by an icon which is placed next to its
name in the Preview box:

Icon Meaning
Text field
Numeric field
Date/Time field

In some scenarios, the automatically assigned type for a field may be incorrect. If this happens, you
can change the field’s type manually by right-clicking the field header and setting the correct field
type.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctGoogleSpreadsheet.aspx[12/21/2009 8:47:49 PM]


Importing a Google Spreadsheet

See Also
Handling Import Errors

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctGoogleSpreadsheet.aspx[12/21/2009 8:47:49 PM]


Importing Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Logs

Existing Customer Register

Search

Importing Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Logs


Table of Contents Follow the steps below to import data from Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) logs.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources Bring up the Data Source Creation Wizard, by navigating to File->Create New Data Source.
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Connect to Amazon S3 by clicking on Amazon S3.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctAmazonS3.aspx[12/21/2009 8:48:03 PM]


Importing Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Logs

Enter your public and private access keys, and select the Amazon S3 bucket you wish to
connect to.

Configure synchronization settings.

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctAmazonS3.aspx[12/21/2009 8:48:03 PM]


Importing Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Logs

Component Description
1 Change the connection settings
2 Define the time frame for which to bring the logs

Click Synchronize to begin the process.

Data can only be retrieved for time frames in which logging was enabled on the Amazon S3
account. If logging is disabled for the selected bucket, it will be automatically enabled. Data
will be available only from this date onward.

The bigger the time frame, the longer the synchronization time. Note that time frames that are
longer than a few days might take a significant amount of time to synchronize.

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctAmazonS3.aspx[12/21/2009 8:48:03 PM]


Changing Connection Properties

Existing Customer Register

Search

Changing Connection Properties


Table of Contents To change connection properties, navigate to the Data->Edit Connection menu.

Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

You can also navigate to the Data->Manage Connections menu for a more options.

Component Description
1 Create a new connection
2 Edit the selected connection's properties
3 Removing the selected connection

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctChangingConnection.aspx[12/21/2009 8:48:16 PM]


Changing Connection Properties

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctChangingConnection.aspx[12/21/2009 8:48:16 PM]


Adding\Removing a Data Source

Existing Customer Register

Search

Adding\Removing a Data Source


Table of Contents To add or remove a Data Source for an existing connection, navigate to the Data->Manage Connections
menu and bring up the ‘Manage Connections’ window.
Introduction
What's New In PrismCubed?
Before You Start
Managing Data Sources
Browsing Data
Creating PrismCubed Applications
Creating Reusable Groups and Filte
Creating Reusable Custom Measure
Sharing, Distribution and Security
Exporting
Widgets
PrismFAQ

Component Description
1 Create a new Data Source for the selected connection
2 Remove selected Data Source

Home

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctAddDataSource.aspx[12/21/2009 8:48:28 PM]


Adding\Removing a Data Source

http://userguide.sisense.com/Help_Index/fldConnectingToData/ctAddDataSource.aspx[12/21/2009 8:48:28 PM]


Dashboards, Reports and Business Intelligence Applications powered by PrismCubed

Español

Existing Customer Register

SiSense PrismCubed Partners Resources Users Area Buy Search

PrismCubed By SiSense
Do-It-Yourself Analytics, Dashboards & Reports.
Enterprise-class business intelligence specifically designed to
meet the unique requirements of small and medium
businesses. Develop dashboards and reports, integrate data
sources, perform analysis and deploy guided analytics
applications.

PrismCubed. The Next Generation of Business Intelligence.


PrismCubed is a single integrated product for creating interactive and scalable business
intelligence solutions quickly. PrismCubed is very easy to learn, requires no programming
experience and can be used to create any type of business report or dashboard, as well as full-
blown guided analytics applications. With its built-in ElastiCube technology, PrismCubed handles
data of any size without monstrous hardware requirements.

HIGHLIGHTS

Create dashboards and reports using a visual interface, no programming or SQL skills required
Utilize a rich library of data and visualization widgets (pivots, charts, gauges, etc.)
Merge, manipulate and standardize data from SQL Server, MySQL, Oracle, Excel, and more
Create automated data ETL processes (Extract, Transform and Load)
Immediate handling of huge amounts of data. No OLAP cubes required Finance Dashboard

--- Learn More --- Watch Introductory Video --- PrismCubed Application Samples ---
1 2 3 4 5

Empowering Business Users and Business Analysts.


PrismCubed meets the needs of business users at all skill levels. Power users with some
Testimonials
background in data analysis will find PrismCubed the easiest and most powerful tool for exploring
Chris Webb, Chris Webb BI Blog
and visualizing data, creating filters and segmentation as well as performing ad-hoc analysis
tasks. Users with no data analysis background can use guided analytics applications with pre- " The beauty in creating the dashboard
defined functionality, calculations and layout. No programming experience required. is how easily all of these widgets from
different data sources can be
HIGHLIGHTS connected..."
Visualize data in a wide range of charts and graphs as well as other visualization tools Featured On
Create interest groups and custom filters using drag-and-drop and visual workflows
Perform calculations over time, growth and To-Date analysis
Drill in and between analytic views
Export to Excel, PDF, image or CSV formats

--- Learn More --- Customer Testimonials --- Download PrismCubed Brochure ---

http://www.sisense.com/[12/23/2009 1:00:46 PM]


Dashboards, Reports and Business Intelligence Applications powered by PrismCubed

News Technology Partner and OEM


Business Intelligence. Cubed. Business Intelligence Innovation Make your customers happy
PrismCubed is what the BI world is now PrismCubed technology makes We are looking for select partners and
talking about. More > business intelligence easier . More > OEMs. Enhance your offering. More >

Low Cost. Immediate Value. No Risk. Try PrismCubed Now!


PrismCubed offers the best value proposition to any business seeking to perform more efficiently and make informed decisions in these times of financial
uncertainty, at a reasonable cost and no risk. PrismCubed applications take days to develop, not months. A fully featured version of PrismCubed is
available for a 30-day evaluation period, allowing you to see the value without spending a penny.

HIGHLIGHTS

A free online tutorial session with a live demonstrator is available with absolutely no commitment from you. Schedule a free demo now.
Yearly and perpetual prices available
Paid licenses required for application creators only, not application users
Fixed prices for server modules

--- Download Evaluation Version --- Visit Learning Center --- PrismCubed Pricing ---

Home Partners Company Contact Us SiSense on Twitter

Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved

http://www.sisense.com/[12/23/2009 1:00:46 PM]


Registration | SiSense

Existing Customer Register

SiSense PrismCubed Partners Resources Users Area Buy

THANK YOU FOR CHOOSING SISENSE


Complete Your User Registration and Proceed to Download the Free Trial

Email:*

Verify Email:*

Password:*

Verify Password:*

Full Name:*

Display Name:* (will be used in forums, posts etc.)

* Required Fields

Some More details:

Phone:

Company:*

Job Title:
Other
Other

Country:
None
None

State:
None
None

Terms of service and privacy

https://www.sisense.com/register.aspx[12/23/2009 1:01:03 PM]


Registration | SiSense

SiSense, LTD. (“SiSense”) is committed to protecting the privacy of our customers and
visitors. We understand that the information our customers and visitors provide on our
website (the “Site”) is of the utmost importance and we know it is crucial that we protect
their information. SiSense has created this privacy statement ("Statement") in order to
demonstrate our commitment to our customer’s and visitor’s privacy on the Site and to
communicate our information gathering and dissemination practices to our customers and
visitors.We will provide notification of any change to our policy at least thirty (30) business days
prior to the change taking effect.Information Collected:For each visitor to our Site, our Web
server
automatically recognizes the customer's domain name and e-mail address where possible.
We collect the domain name and e-mail address, where possible, of visitors to our
Site, the e-mail addresses of those who communicate with us via e-mail, aggregate
information on what pages customers access or visit, user-specific information on
what pages customers access or visit, information volunteered by the customer, such

I agree to the terms of service and privacy.
as survey information and/or Site registrations, user name, password, name and address,
and payment information (e.g., credit card number and billing address) for paid
accounts, and confirmation of license agreement.
We also collect the social security number or employer identification number of
our affiliates where necessary for tax reporting requirements.
We also collect and use metadata about our customers (i.e. how many requests are
issued, what data source types are most common, etc.).
The information we collect is used to set up the SiSense service
for individuals and their organizations.
It is also used to improve the content of our Site, used to customize the content
and/or, layout of our Site for each individual visitor and used to allow access
to the SiSense service.
However, customer email addresses and customer information will not be distributed
or shared with third parties.
Cookies:We use cookies to store visitor preferences, record session
information, such as items that customers add to their shopping cart, record user-specific
information on what pages users access or visit, record past activity at our Site
in order to provide better service when visitors return to our Site, ensure that
visitors are not repeatedly sent the same banner ads (if any), customize Web page Home Partners Company Contact Us SiSense on Twitter
content based on visitors' browser type or other information that the visitor sends.
Sharing of Information: We only share pertinent information with credit card companies
in connection with and only as necessary to provide the SiSense service for paid
customers. Copyright 2007- 2009 SiSense LTD. all rights reserved
We will not use or share information in your application for services for any purpose
unless (i) you request it, or (ii) it is required by law.
Opt-Out Policy:Visitors to our Site may prevent their information
from being used for purposes other than those for which it was originally collected
by requesting this in writing addressed to us at the address provided below. Children's
Privacy Policy: SiSense does not target its services to, and does not knowingly
collect any personal information from, users under 13 years of age.
How to Reach Us:SiSense, Inc. - Privacy Policy
Simtat Har Dafna 1 Savyon 56503 Israel Email Address:privacy@sisense.com
Feel free to contact us at the above address if you have questions or concerns about
our Privacy Statement.
Effective Date: This policy is effective October 1, 2006.

https://www.sisense.com/register.aspx[12/23/2009 1:01:03 PM]


Feedback Form - sisense

How do you feel about this


site?

Select your feedback topic below

Bug Site Suggestion


content

Loading Feedback Forms For sisense

Complimen Other

Loading Feedback Forms For sisense

Send Cancel

Feedback Form by © Kampyle Ltd. Privacy Policy

http://www.kampyle.com/feedback_form/ff-feedback-form.php?site_code=3408967&form_id=2731&lang=en[12/23/2009 1:01:13 PM]